PD89-134548
     Structural  and  Functional Aspects  of the
     Ecology of  Submerged Aquatic Macrophyte
     Communities  in  the Lower  Chesapeake  Bay
     Volume 1. Studies on Structure and
     Function of  a Temperate,  Estuarine
     Seagrass Community: Vaucluse Shores
     Lower Chesapeake Bay, Virginia, USA

     Virginia Inst.  of Marine  Science
     Gloucester  Point
    Prepared for

    Environmental  Protection  Agency, Annapolis, MD
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
Region III information Resourca
Center (3PM52)
841 Chestnut Street
KSiiaaelpbia, PA  19107
    Aug  82
                                                                                  J
w»V» I^^MrflV l^^^^^W ^W
                                                                EPA Report Collection
                                                                Information Resource Center
                                                                US EPA Region 3
                                                                PhiladeljihJa, PA 19107

-------
                                   TECHNICAL REPORT DATA
                            iPtease rtatl /mrnic com on Ihr rrrmt bt/orr completing!
1  REPORT NO.
  ^PA/fcOO/3-88/05la	
4 TITLE ANosusT.TLESTRUCTUAL~& FUNCTIONAL ASPECTS  OF THE
ECOLOGY OF  SUBMERGED AQUATIC MACROPHYTE COMMUNITIES IN
THE LOWER CHESAPEAKE BAY. Vol. I: Studies  on  Structure &
Function of a  Temperate, Estuarine Seagrass Community:
3 RECIPIENT'S ACCESSION NO
  PB89   184548/AS
8 RCPCHT DATE
     August 1982	
6 PERFORMING ORGANIZATION CODE
7 AUTMORISI  Vane 'use Shores. Lower Chesapeake  Bay,
           Virginia, USA
                                                           ». PERFORMING ORGANIZATION REPORT NO
          F.  Tin., and
» PERFORMING ORGANIZATION NAME AND ADDRESS
                              1.. Ut.t?»1 ,  PHn.
                                                           10. PROGRAM ELEMENT NO.
   Virginia Institute of Marine  Science and School of
   Marine Science, College of William and Mary,
   Gloucester Point, VA  23062
11. CONTRACT/GRANT NO.

  R80597*  and  XOOJ245-01
12. SPONSORING AGENCY NAME AND AODRtSS

   EPA,  Chesapeake Bay Program
   2083  West Street
   Annapolis, MD   21401
13. TYPE OF REPORT AND PERIOD COVERED
14. SPONSORING AGENCY CODE

     EPA/600/05
is SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES
 8. ABSTRACT
          There is increasing evidence  which suggests that primary  production in
   both marine and estuarine systems  is generally nitrogen limited.   Orth (1977)
   demonstrated a positive growth  response in Zostera marina communities in the
   Bay to added commercial fertilizer treatments.  These data together  with the
   consistent and predictable pattern for the depth distribution of  seagrasses in
   the Lower Chesapeake Bay suggests  that light (and/or factors influencing the
   quality and quantity of the  light  regime) and nutrients are principal factors
   governing the distribution and  metabolism of the submerged aquatic plant
   communities.
          The overall objectives of the studies reported in the following chapters
   of  this volume were: 1) to describe  structural chracteristics of  the plant
   community and environmental  regimes  of a natural, unperturbed SAV community in
   the Lower Chesapeake Bay, 2) to derive estimates of community productivity and
   metabolism for diel, seasonal and  annual periods, and 3) to evaluate potential
   mechanisms controlling productiviity and community dynamics.  Various studies
   and experimental designs were initiated and completed during the  period July,
   1978 through November, 1981  to  accomplish these overall objectives.
                               KEY WORDS AND DOCUMENT ANALYSIS
                  DESCRIPTORS
                                              b.lDEMTIFIERS/OPEN ENDED TERMS
                COS AT I f- Kid 'Group
18. DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT

      RELEASE TO PUBLIC
                                                              Int Report I
              21. NO. OF PAGES
                     195
                                              2O SECURITY CLASS iThilpfftt
                                                 UNCLASSIFIED
                                                                        22. PRICE
EPA ft"* 2220-1 (ft**. 4-77)   PMBVIOU* COITION it OBSOLETE

-------
                                                          r.l'A/oOO/j-H8
                                                          August  11J8J
                                                        1 -*££-* "*-^-»J
                  BALTIMORE
                   Tutju. A
                 OF SOHif jj££f>
      WASHINGTON
                    "I  — "^
              /      s  ^?N
          -=.  />      }   %
        Stu
-------
                                                                                    I
                                                                                    t
                      NOTICE

This document has been reviewed in accordance with
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency policy and
approved for publication.  Mention of trade names
or commercial products does not constitute endorse-
ment or recommendation for use.
                                                                                     \

-------
                              Final Report

            STRUCTURAL AND FUNCTIONAL ASPECTS OF THE ECOLOGY
               OF SUBMERGED AQUATIC MACROPHYTE COMMUNITIES
                      IN THE LOWER CHESAPEAKE BAY1
                                Volume I

      Studies on Structure and Function of a Temperate, Eatuarine
      Seagraas Community:  Vaucluae Shores, Lower Chesapeake Bay,
                             Virginia, USA
                       Richard L. Wetzel, Editor

                 Virginia Institute of Marine Science
                     and School of Marine Science
                      College of William and Mary
                      Gloucester Point, VA  23062
                 Contract Nos. R805974 and XO03245-01
                            Project Officer
                           Dr. David Flemer
                 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                           2083 West Street
                         Annapolis, MD  21401
1.   Special Report Number 267 in Applied Marine Science and Ocean
    Engineering.

-------
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                 Page
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS	  iv

PREFACE	   1

    Program Overview	   2

    Study Site	   4

    Literature Cited	   7

CHAPTER 1.  Plant Community Structure, Elemental Composition
            and Sediment Characteristics  of  a Temperate, Eatuarine
            Seagrass Ecosystem; Vaucluse Shores, Lower Chesapeake
            Bay, Virginia by R. L. Wetzel, and P. A. Penhale and                          /
            K. L. Webb	   9                     /
                                                                                         /
     Introduction	  10                   /
     Methods and Materials	  10                   A
     Results and Discussion	  11
     Literature Cited	  45

CHAPTER 2.  Photosynthesis, Light Response and Metabolism of
            Submerged Macrophyte Communities  in the Lower
            Chesapeake Bay by R. L. Wetzel and P. A. Penhale	  50

     Introduction	  51
     Methods and Materials	  54
     Results and Discussion	  -S
     Summary	  98
     Literature Cited	103

CHAPTER 3.  Oxygen Metabolism of a Temperate  Seagrass (Zoatera
            marina L.)  Community:  Plant-Epiphyte, Plankton                            -~~r"
            and Benthic Microalgae Productivity and Respiration
            by L. Murray and R. L. Wetzel	108

     Abstract	109                    \ '
     Introduction
     Study Site
     Methods and Materials
     Results
     Discussion	 120
     Summary	124
     Acknowledgements	126
     Literature Cited	127
                                       ii

-------
                         TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued)

CHAPTER 4.  Preliminary Observations on Nutrient Enrichment and
            Light Reduction Effects on Zostcra marina L.
            Epiphytic Growth by L. Murray and R. L. Wetzel	130

     Abstract	131
     Introduction.	132
     Experimental Design	133
     Results	134
     Discussion	144
     Acknowledgements	148
     Literature Cited	149

CHAPTER 5.  Fungi and Bacteria in or on leaves of Eelgrass
            (Zoatera marina L.) from Chesapeake Bay by S. Y.
            Newell	152

     Abstract	153
     Introduction	154
     Methods and Materials	154
     Results	156
     Discussion	158
     Literature Cited	162

CHAPTER 6.  Preliminary Studies on Community Metabolism in a T  pical
            Seagraas Ecosystem:  Laguna de Tenainos, Campeche,
            Mexico by R. L. Wetzel, L. Murray, R. F. van Tine,
            J. W. Day, Jr. and C. J. Madden	165

     Abstract	166
     Acknowledgements	185
     Introduction	167
     Study Area	 167
     Methods and Materials	169
     Results	 170
     Discussion	181
     Literature Cited	 186
                                       111

-------

                               ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

     For a research program of this size, duration and  scope  it would be                   -'
impossible to acknowledge the individual support of all persons associated  at
various times with the project.  Collectively, I wish to thank the many                       ;'
colleagues, graduate students and technical staff of the Institute who have                  <
contributed to the studies and the overall success of the program.   Specific                 ;
thanks are due our Eastern Shore colleagues, Michael Castagna, John  Kraeuter                 •'
and Jim Moor*, without whose efforts and active involvement,  the program would              ^
not have succeeded.  Also, without the  local support of many  Eastern Shore
residents, particularly Lloyd and Buddy Otten, Jack Watts, Donald Hammon and
Harold Rehm who contributed both the use of personal property and their time,
we would certainly have fallen short in accomplishing many of our goals.                    -

     At various times throughout the program, we have used and relied on
outside program reviews and visiting scientists.  Especial thanks are due
Richard G. Wiegert and Steven Y. Newell, University of Georgia, Robert R.
Christian, East Carolina University, Douglas G. Capone, State University of
New York at Stony Brook and Steven Smith and John Harrison, University of
Hawaii, for their participation in the  research program.  To  Gordon  fhayer,
National Marine Fisheries Service-Beaufort, John W. Day, III, Louisiana State
University, Scott W. Nixon, University  of Rhode Island  and, again, Doug
Capone, SUNY at Stony Brook, we offer our thanks tor interim  program reviews
and constructive criticisms.  I also wish to express my thanks and                          -
appreciation to Mr. William Cook, U.S.  E.P.A. and former project officer of
this program, for his many efforts to see the program successfully completed
and effectively reducing administrative burdens.  His support and enthusiasm                "
certaily made management of the program much easier.

     From a more personal standpoint, I want to acknowledge the unfailing                     ^
support and dedication of my graduate students, Laura Murray, Robin  van Tine,
and Rick Hoffman in these efforts.  To  Bob Middleton and Bill Rizzo, thanks                 /
for allowing yourselves to be pressed into service at critical times.  Also,               , ,
to my colleagues of the "other" Chesapeake Bay, Michael Kemp, Walt Boynton  and             •/
J. Court Stevenson, University of Maryland, thanks for  the many stimulating                "'.
discussions, comparison of results and  reviews.

     Especial thanks are due Ms. Carole Knox and Nancy  White  for their
secretarial and editorial skills.  Their concerted effort  in  typing, compiling
and editing many drafts of the manuscripts contained herein while maintaining
some sense of organization as well as humor is greatly  appreciated.  Also,  to
our Photographic, Graphic Arts and Word Processing Service Center, thanks to
all for your excellent and quality work.                                                     j"
                                             R.  L.  Wetzel
                                             Program Manager                                >
                                                                                          -,,v

                                       iv
                                                                                            A

-------
               PREFACE
          Richard L. Wetzel
Virginia Institute of Marine Science
    and School of Marine Science
     College of William and Mary
    Gloucester, Point, VA  23062
                                                                        r
                                                                       \

-------
                               Program Overview

     Various autocrophic populations contribute to  total prl=«rv  production  in
estuarine and coastal marine environments.  The distribution,  abundance  and
relative contribution of each is determined in large part by geomorphology and
physical-chemical regimes of a particular area (Mann,  1975).   In  open  water,
phytoplankton dominate the autotrophic input of organic matter while in
shoal-benthic habitats, algae, seagrasses and marshes  contribute  to primary
production as well.  Unit area comparison of annual biomass production
generally results in the ordering:  salt marshes >  seagrasses  > macro-algae >
phytoplankton for many Gulf of Mexico and U.S. Atlantic Coast  estuaries.
However, areal comparisons and ranking vary considerably from  system to
system.  Coastal, temperate estuaries along the U.S. Atlantic  Coast are
generally characterized by inputs  from all.  The Chesapeake Bay is a good
example.

     Partitioning primary production among these various components in the
Chesapeake Bay for comparative purposes is difficult due in large part to the
extreme biological complexity and  physical characteristics of  the Bay.  At
least three mejor subdivisions of  the Bay can be identified based on
hydrodynamic regime.  These are; I) bay stem, the major open water area, 2)
shoal-benthic areas within the major water body and grossly delineated by the
basin shoreline and extending to a mean aubtidal depth of 2 to 3  meters, and
3) sub-estuarine water bodies consisting of the principal tributaries  entering
the Chesapeake Bay.  The bay stem  is a major open water area and  is dominated
by phytoplankton production.  Shoal-benthic areas and  the tributaries  however,
make up a significant part of the  estuary and are autotrophically dominated by
benthic inicroalgae and macroalgae, submerged aquatic vegetation,  and the
wetland, tidal marshes.  Based on  gross areal approximations for  the Virginia
portion of Chesapeake Bay and estimates of annual net  primary  production for
each of these components, the shoal-benthic habitat and the tidal marshes
contribute 30-40% of the annual net primary production for the lower
Chesapeake Bay (R. L. Wetzel, unpublished data).

     On a smaller spatial scale within shoal-benthic areas, the relative
contribution of submerged aquatic  vegetation (SAV)  primary production  varies
considerably.  Orth et al. (1979)  has estimated that Virginia  SAV occupied a
bottom area of approximately 85.4  km? in  19""3.  Using  their figure of  a  5300
km shoreline length and assuming an average lateral extent of  300m, the
shoal-benthic habitat area would be approximately 1600 km^ or  approximately  5Z
of the bottom area.  However, their figures included shoreline areas of  the
major tributaries where the major  portion of the habitat is oligohaline  or
tidal freshwater and the two dominant species ot SAV for the lower Bay,
Zostera marina and Ruppia maritima do not exist.  Using the present relative
abundance and distribution data for these two species  (Orth et al., 1979) and
limiting the estimated shoal-benthic habitats to brackish water and mesohaline
areas, the percentage of shoal-benthic habitat occupied by Zostera-Ruppia
communities would significantly increase.

-------
     The productivity of SAV communities  in temperate, U.S.  Atlantic  coast
estuaries is high (Dillon 1971; Thayer et al.  1975;  Penhale  1977).  Within  SAV
communities typical of the lower Chesapeake Bay,  total autotrophic  production
is partitioned among several autotrophs:  Zostera marina, Ruppia maritima,
epiphytic algae (those attached to seagrass leaves), benthic microscopic  and
macroscopic algae, and phytoplankton.  A  comparison  of the productivity
estimates for the major primary producers in an estuarine system near
Beaufort, North Carolina, indicates the importance of aeagraases in shallow
coastal systems and the relative contribution  made by other  autotrophs.   For
this system net annual production (g C m~2 yr~l)  were; 66 for  phytoplankton
(Thayer 1971), 249 for Spartina alterniflora (Williams 1973),  330  for Zoatera
marina and 73 for epiphytes of Zostera (Penhale 1977).  Therefore,  at least at
the local level, SAV production is comparatively  high and for  some  systems  may
dominate total estuarine autotrophic production (Thayer et al.  1975;  Mann
1975).  For certain areas of the Lower Chesapeake Bay, e.g.  Bayside Eastern
Shore, Mobjack Bay and shoal benthic areas in  and around the York  River mouth,
SAV primary production is a significant source of fixed energy and  organic
matter available to either directly or indirectly support heterotrophic,
secondary production of ecologically and/or economically important  species.

     Nevertheless, simply comparing production of the various  estuarine
primary producers oversimplifies and perhaps underestimates  the role  and  value
of SAV communities in the Lower Chesapeake Bay system as a whole.   The SAV
communities add structural complexity and diversity  to the shoal-benthic
environment creating habitat for epifaunal, infaunal and motile species and
refuge areas for prey species.  In addition to these non-trophic
characteristics, SAV also function in the stabilization of sub-tidal  sediments
and probably influence shoreline erosion  processes by dissipating  both tidal
and wind generated wave energy.  SAV communities  in  the Lower  Chesapeake  Bay
therefore have both trophic and non-trophic significance for the ecology  of
the overall system.

     Historical studies of seagrass distribution  and relative  abundance of  SAV
communities in the Lower Chesapeake Bay show periods of major  decline followed
by periods of recovery.  Eelgrass (Zostera marina) has undergone major changes
in abundance in 1854 and during the period 1889-1894 (Cottarn 1935  a,b).   More
recently, major declines in Chesapeake Bay SAV were  observed during the
wasting disease of Che 1930's (Cottam and Munro 1954) and during a  decline
which began in 1973 and continued until 1978.  This  recent decline  resulted in
the lowest population levels in 40 years  (Orth et al. 1979).   Despite
documentation of these events, these fluctuations in distribution  and
abundance remain largely unexplained.

     Geographically, the dominant lower Bay species, Zostera marina,  has  a
world wide distribution in temperate and  subartic regions of the Northern
Hemisphere (den Hartog 1970).  The southern range limit along  the  U.S. East
Coast is North Carolina.  This limit is ascribed  to  high temperature  stress
effects.  Thus, Z. marina in the lower Chesapeake Say exists very  near its
geographical distribution limit.

     Ruppia maritime has broader temperature and  salinity tolerances
(Richardson 1980 and references therein) which is reflected  in  the

-------
geographical distribution of the species.  Within Chesapeake  Bay,  Zo^tera
marina and Ri'ppia maritima are limited tc shoal benthic habitats  less  than  two
meters mean depth (Orth et al. 1979).

     Factors vhich regulate productivity of  seagrasses have been  ascribed to
various environmental parameters.  The influence of  light, temperature  and
salinity have received the major research affort (Biebl and McRoy 1971;
Bachman and Barilotti 1976; Penhale  1977; Congdon and MeComb  19/9;  and
references therein).  It is generally accepted  that  the local  light regime
limits the subtidal distribution of  Zoatera, while light,  temperature  and
nutrient regimes (primarily nitrogen) interact  to control  specific  rates  of
productivity over an annual cycle.

     There is increasing evidence which suggests that primary  production  in
both marine and estuarine systems is generally  nitrogen limited (Postgate
1971; Ryther and Dunstan 1971; Valiela et al. 1973;  Gallagher  1975; Pomeroy
1975; Orth 1977; Nixon 1980).  Orth  (1977) recently  demonstrated  a  positive
growth response in Zostera marina communities in the Bay to added commercial
fertilizer treatments.  These data together  with the consistent and
predictable pattern for the depth distribution  of seagrasses  in the Lower
Chesapeake Bay suggests that light (and/or factors influencing the  quality  and
quantity of the light regime) and nutrients  are principal  factors governing
the distribution and metabolism of the submerged aquatic plant communities.

     The overall objectives of the studies reported  in the following chapters
of this volume were:  1) to describe structural characteristics of  the  plant
community and environmental regimes  of a natural, unperturbed  SAV community in
the Lower Chesapeake Bay, 2) to derive estimates of  community productivity  and
metabolism for diel, seasonal and annual periods, and 3) to evaluate potential
mechanisms controlling productivity  and community dynamics.   Various studies
and experimental designs were initiated and  completd during the period  July,
1978 through November, 1981 to accomplish these overall objectives.

                                  Study Site

     Selection of the principal study site was  decided by  consensus of  the
five original principal investigators which  was composed of members associated
with different aspects of SAV research within the overall  program.   A  seagfass
bed approximately 140 hectares in size  located  on the southeastern shore  of
Chesapeake Bay was chosen as the principal study area.  This  area is known
locally as Vaucluse Shores and is situated north of  Hungar'a  Creek at
approximately 37*25'N latitude, 75'59'W longitude.   Criteria  used for  site
selection were:

     1.  the site had been previously studied and some background
         information was available,

     2.  the ted  is well established and historically stable,

     3.  the area is relatively remote  and unperturbed,

-------
     4.  vegetationally, the bed contained  the  two  dominant  lower Bay
         species, Zoatera marina and Ruppia maritima,  and,

     5.  the bed was large enough  to simultaneously acconodate varied
         •tudies and sampling regimes.

     The bed is roughly triangular  in  shape with  the apex  to the  north and
bordered on the east by the Vaucluse Shoreline, to  the south by the Hungar's
Creek channel and to the west by an off-shore sandbar  (Figure 1).   The area
was a site for an intensive vegetational mapping  program that was completed by
the initiation of our studies in July  1978.  During this study permanent
transects were established and are represented  in Figure 1 as transect lines
labeled A through F proceeding south to north.  These  were used in our studies
for selection and identification of within-site sampling stations.   The figure
also illustrates the submerged plant distribution and  zonal  dominance by
species.  From these data, five habitat types were  indicated and  have
subsequently been u.'ed for within habitat sample  site  selection.   These areas
are:

     1.  Ruppia maritima dominated community
     2.  Mixed vegetation areas
     3.  Sand Patches or Unvegetated bottom within  the bed
     4.  Zostera marina dominated community, and
     5.  Sand Bar.

Sampling sites were selected for each  of the areas  between transects B and C
and permanently marked with buoys  to identify stations for routine  sampling
and experimental studies.

     The contents of this volume are divided into six  chapters.  Each is
presented separately with regard to introduction, methods, results  and
discussion.  The format was adopted to more closely align with our  previously
stated overall objectives.  The final  chapter presents the results  of ntudies
in a tropical, Thalassia testudinum seagrass community that  was in  part funded
through the SAV Chesapeake Bay Program and  paralleled  in many respects our
studies in the Chesapeake Bay.  Techniques  and  experimental  designs used in
the study were developed in the Chesapeake  Bay  seagrass research  program.
This volume constitutes one of three major  efforts  on  the  functional ecology
of SAV in the lower Chesapeake Bay  (see Brooks, et  al., 1981 and  Orth, et  al.,
1982).
!


-------
    S
    /
   OS
   IS
   = RUPPIA
   = ZOSTERA
   = SAND
   =MIXED
   = OUTS IDE SAND
   = INSIDE SAND

   = TRANSECTS
        >ti
        ''/'•
        . / /
      M
CHESAPEAKE' '/ >> I
  BAY  ,X/ " 1
      ^H^-•
          i 'I T /
        V '
     ll\r,i
       ,11 I'-.;. r f    r •  i  ,
      /;:"''/:.  u"  »R
     ^W'----VJ
     t£/£
-------
                               LITERATURE CITED

Backman, R. W. and D. C.  Barilotti.   1976.   Irradiance reduction:   effects  on
   crop* of the eelgrass Zostera marina in a  coastal  lagoon.  Mar.  Biol.
   34:33-40.

Biebl, R. and C. P. MeRoy.  1971.  Plasmatic  resistance and rate  of
   respiration and photosynthesis of Zostera  marina at different  salinities
   and temperatures.  Mar. Biol. 8:48-56.

Brooks, H. A. et al.  1981.  Higher level consumer interactions.  Draft  final
   report, grant no. R805974, U.S. Environmental  Protection Agency,  Chesapeake
   Bay Program, Annapolis, MD.   196 pp.

Congdom, R. A. and A. J. MeComb.  1979.  Productivity of Ruppia:  seasonal
   changes and dependence on light in  an Australian estuary.  Aquatic  Bot.
   6:121-132.

Cottarn, C.  1935a.  Further notes on past periods of eelgrass scarity.
   Rhodora  37:269-271.

Cottarn, C.  1935b.  Wasting disease of Zostera marina.  Nature  135:306.

den Hartog, C.  1970.  The Sea-Grasses of the World.  North-Holland,
   Amsterdam.  275 pp.

Dillon, C. R.  1971.  A comparative study of  the  primary productivity  of
   estuarine phytoplankton and macrobenthic plants.  Ph.D Dissertation,
   University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill.  112 pp.

Gallagher, J. L.  1975.  Effect  of an  ammonium nitrate pulse on the growth
   and elemental composition of  natural stands of Spartina alterniflora  and
   Juncua roemerianus in a Gerogia salt marsh.  Amer. J. Bot.  62:644-648.

Mann, K. H.  1975.  Relationship between morphometry and biological
   functioning in three coastal  inlets of Nova Scotia,  pp. 634-644.   In, L.
   E. Cronin (ed), Estuarine Research, V.I, Academic Press, N.Y.  738  pp.

Nixon, 5. W.  1980.  Between coastal marshes  and  coastal waters;  a  review of
   twenty years of speculation and research on the role of salt marshes  in
   estuarine productivity and water chemistry, pp. 437-525.  In,  P.  Hamilton
   and K. B. MacDonald (eds.), Estuarine and Wetland Processes, Plenum Publ.
   Co., N.Y.

Orth, R. J.  1977.  Effect of nutrient enrichment on growth of the  eelgraas
   Zostera marina in Chesapeake  Bay, Virginia.  Mar. Biol.  44:187-194.

-------
Orth, R. J., K. A. Moore and H. H. Gordon.   1979.   Distribution  and  abundance
   of submerged aquatic vegetation in  the lower  Chesapeake  Bay.   U.S.
   Environmental Protection Agency,  Report  no. 600/8-79-029/SAV1,  Chesapeake
   Bay Program, Annapolis, MD.

Orth, R. J. and K. A. Moore.   1982.  The biology and  propagation  of  eelgrass,
   Zostera marina, in the Chesapeake Bay, Virginia.   Final  Grant  Report,  U.S.
   Environmental Protection Agency,  Grant no.  R805953, Chesapeake  Bay Program,
   Annapolis, MD. and VIMS SRAMSOE 265, Gloucester  Point, VA.  187 pp.

Penhale, P. A.  1977.  Macrophyte-epiphtye  biomass  and productivity  in  an
   eelgrass (Zostera marina L.) community.   J. exp. mar. biol. Ecol.
   426:211-234.

Pomeroy, L. R.  1975.  Mineral cycling in marine ecosystems, pp.  209-223.   In,
   F. G. Howell, J. B. Gentry  and M. H. Smith  (eds.), Mineral Cycling in
   Southeastern Ecosystems, NTIS, Conf-74013,  Springfield,  VA.

Postgate, J. R.  1971.  Relevant aspects of the  physiological chemistry of
   nitrogen fixation, pp. 287-307.   In, D.  E.  Hughes  and A. H. Rose  (eds.),
   Microbes and Biological Productivity, Symp. Soc. Gen. Microbiol., V. 21,
   Cambridge Univ. Press, London.

Ryther, J. H. and U. M. Dunstan.  1971.  Nitrogen,  phosphorus and
   eutrophication in the coastal marine environment.  Science 171:1008-1012.

Richardson, F. D.  1980.  Ecology of Ruppia maritime  L. in  Mew Hampshire
   'U.S.A.) tidal marshes.  Rhodora  82:403-439.

Thayer, G. W.  1971.  Phytoplankton  production and  the distribution  of
   nutrients in a shallow unatratified estuarine system near Beaufort,  N.C.
   Chesapeake Sci.  12:240-253.

Thayer, G. W., S. M. Adams, and M. W.  LaCroix.   1975.  Structural  and
   functional aspects of a recently  established  Zostera marina community, pp.
   518-546.  In, L. E. Cronin  (ed.), Eatuarine Research, V. 1, Academic Press,               /'
   N.Y.  738 pp.

Valiela, I., J. M. Teal, and W. Sass.   1973.  Nutrient retention  in  salt  marsh
   plots experimentally fertilized with sewage sludge.  Est. Coastal Mar. Sci.
   1:261-269.

Williams, R. B.  1973.  Nutrient  levels and phytoplankton productivity  in the
   estuary, pp. 59-89.  In, R. H. Chabreck  (ed.), Proc. 2nd Symp., Coastal
   Marsh and Estuary Management,  Louisiana  State University, Baton Rouge.

-------
                          Chapter 1
PLANT COMMUNITY STRUCTURE, ELEMENTAL COMPOSITION AND SEDIMENT
CHARACTERISTICS OF A TEMPERATE, ESTUARINE SEAGRASS ECOSYSTEM;
       VAUCLUSE SHORES, LOWER CHESAPEAKE BAY, VIRGINIA
          Richard L. Wetzel, Polly A. Penhale and
                      Kenneth L. Webb
           Virginia Institute of Marine Science
               and School of Marine Science
                College of William and Mary
             Gloucester Point, Virginia  23062

-------
                                INTRODUCTION

     In order to determine structural  properties  of  the  SAV  community  and
physical-chemical regimes characteristic of the study  area,  routine  studies
were carried out to investigate plant  species  distribution and  relative
abundance, plant canopy structure and  chemical characteristics,  and  various                     _,
sediment, chemical properties.  All  sampling was  carried out  at  the  Vaucluse                 .-<
study site between transects B and r (see  Figure  1,  Preface).

                             METHODS AND MATERIALS
                                                                                                 /
Plant Distribution, Relative Abundance and Biomass                                              /

     Plant distribution and relative abundance was determined along  transects                /
A, B, and C in July,  1979 and along  transect B in May, July  and August,  1980                 '  ;
to determine areal coverage by species and distribtion with  water  depth.   A
line-intersect method was employed using two divers  and  is described in  detail
by Orth, et al. (1979).  Briefly, the  transects illustrated  in  Figure  1
(Preface) were followed from the offshore  sandbar beginning  at  low tide  and
progressing toward the shore.  A 100 m line marked at  10 m intervals was
employed along the transect line to  locate point-intersections  for determining
species composition and estimating percent cover. At  each 10 m intersection,
a 0.5m* frame was randomly dropped and species composition determined  and
percent coverage estimated by a diver. This procedure was repeated  twice  at                 _--—-
each sampling point.  During each transect study, time and water depth were
recorded at each station and  later compared to a  continuous,  relative  tide
height record kept near-shore.  These  data were used to  calculate  bottom depth
relative to mean low  water at each sampling point following  the methods  of                  - ~~
Orth, et al, (1979).  These data also  provided direct  comparisons  with the
previous intensive mapping effort (July, 1978) by Orth,  et al.  (1979)  for
identifying any major differences in distribution between years and  providing
relative abundance and distribution  information for  the  bed  as  a whole.

     Plant biomass was determined at monthly  intervals for the  period  April,
1979 to April, 1980 in the II. maritima, mixed, and Z_,  marina dominated
communities.  These data were collected by Orth and  details  of  sample                          ^-
collection and processing are given  elsewhere  (Orth, et  al.  1981).  However,                 .
for comparison to information given  in this section, the results of  these
studies are presented  for continuity.

     Plant canopy structure was determined in  each vegetation zone at
approximately monthly intervals beginning  in April,  1979 and continued through             '.
August, 1980.  Canopy  structure was  investigated  by  estimating  leaf area index             '»  - -
(LAI), the ratio of leaf area to substrate area (Evans 1972).   Plant samples                "\
of each species from  the II. mar it in* Z.marina  and mixed  vegetation area  were                 \
collected by hand, returned to  the  laboratory  and rinaed free of sediment.                   i '
Leaves were then removed and  3  replicate samples  of  10 shoots each were                     •'  >/i
sectioned at 5 cm intervals  from the base  to  apex of the leaves.  Leaf area                  /
(one-sided) was determined using a  LI-COR  Model LI13100/1+1  Leaf Area  Meter.                 /  -

                                        10                                                   N " ?'
                                                                                            "^
                                                                                               ***
                                                                                             // .

-------

LAI results are reported  as m2  leaf  surface  (one-sided)  per  m2 sediment
surface for 5 cm intervals for  each  species  at  each  site as  well  as on a site
basis.

     Rooting depth was determined  during  July  1979  in  the three major
vegetation areas by hand  coring using  a  10.2 cm diameter (0.033 m2 surface
area) acrylic corer.  Four replicate cores were taken  per area and sectioned
into 0-2, 2-5, 5-10 and  10-15 cm horizontal  sections.  Each  section was washed
free of sediment through  a 1.0  mm  screen  and roots  and rhizomes sorted by
hand.  The replicate samples were  dried  at 60*C to  constant  weight (48 hours)
and percent contribution  to total  weight  determined  for  each section.

     Chemical analyses of plant tissue consisted of  wet  weight:dry weight,
organic matter (OM) and  carbon:nitrogen  (C:N) determinations.   Samples were
collected by hand with the corer (described  above)  and separated  by species
into above and belowground fractions at  the  R..  aaritima  and  Z, marina site.
At the mixed vegetation  area, belowground tissue was not separated by species.
Leaf litter (aboveground  dead,  unattached material)  was  also collected.
Methods of analyses are  as described in  the  following  section.

Chemical Characteristics  of Plant  Tissue  and Sediments

     Routine samples for  sediment  analyses in the five habitat types were
taken in July and October 1978, April, 1979  and monthly  for  the period June
through October, 1979 and February through May, 1980.  Analyses performed in
relation to habitat type  were,  adenosine  triphosphate  (ATP), water content
(WC) organic matter (OM), particulate  organic carbon and nitrogen (POC and
PON).  Replicate sediment samples  were taken by hand-coring  to a  depth of
approximately 30 cm using a 5 cm diameter acrylic core tube.  The cores were
capped underwater and sealed with  tape for transport to  the  laboratory.  The
cores were then extruded, divided  vertically and horizontally sectioned into
0-2, 2-5, 5-10, 10-15, 15-20 and 20-30 cm intervals.   For each core,
processing consisted of:  duplicate  1  cc  plugs  extracted using boiling, 0.1 M
sodium bicarbonate for ATP analysis  (Bancroft,  et al.  1974); the  remaining
sediment fraction was frozen for later water content,  organic matter and
POC-PON analyses.

     Water content and organic  matter  content was determined gravimeterically
on frozen sediments by drying at 60*C  to  constant weight for water content and
by weight loss or ignition at 550*C  for  organic matter determination.   Wet
weight:dry weight and organic matter content for plant tissue samples  were
determined in a similar  manner. All weights were determined to the nearest
0.01 mg.  POC and PON analyses  for both  plant tissue and sediments were
performed using a Perkin-Elmer  Model 240B Elemental  Analyzer.

                            RESULTS  AND  DISCUSSION

     Sampling and analyses to characterize plant community structure and
general physical and chemical characteristics at the Vaucluse study site were
conducted over various intervals beginning in July  1978  »nd  ending in July
1980.  The sampling was  scheduled  in such a  manner  to  evaluate both seasonal
and annual cycles of the  various parameters  and to  create a  data  base for
                                       11

-------
       -V "K
          -•' '   N
longer term monitoring efforts.  More specifically,  these  data  have  been used
for designing studies around documented  temporal  events  as well as  for
designing sampling strategies and experimental  approaches.  These data  have
been used to partition other data sets  for both spatial  and temporal
correlation with other measurements.

     The results and discussion of  these efforts  are divided into two
principal areas; 1) Plant Community Structural  Characteristics  and  Dynamics,
and 2) Chemical Characteristic* of  Vegetated  and  Non-vegetated  Sediments.

Plant Community Structural Characteristics and  Dynamics

     Relative Abundance and Distribution

     Plant distribution and percent cover (as an  estimate  of species relative
abundance) was determined along transects A,  B, and  C in July,  1979. Figure  1
illustrates the distribution and percent cover  by species  relative  to bottom
depth at mean low water (MLU) along the  transects.   In terms of areal coverage
and relative abundance, the most significant  stands  of "L,  marina are located
south of transect C and occupy the  deeper (>50  cm below  MLW) areas  of the
grass bed extending shoreward of the  sand bar.  Significant stands  of R..
ma^itiiaa are located along all transects but  are  confined  to the shallow «50
cm below MLW) areas at this time of year.  There  is  a major zone of  overlap
for the two species on all the transects that ranges laterally  from ca. 250 m
on transects A and B to 100 m on transect C.  The depth  range of the overlap
or mixed vegetation areas is ca. 60 to  100 cm below  MLW  bottom  depth on
transects A and B.  The mixed area  on transect  C  is  confined to below 60 cm
and the only monoapecific Z. marina stands are  adjacent  to the  sand  bar.
These results for both relative abundance and distribution follow closely the
results obtained by Orth, et al. (1979) in July,  1978 for  the same  transects.
This general pattern of depth distribution  and  relative  abundance  is
characteristic of SAV communities  in  the lower  Chesapeake  Bay (Orth et  al.
1979).  R. maritima in the dominant species  in  shoal benthic habitats less
than SO OB deep (MLW) while monospecific stands of Z_. marina are found  in
habitats MOO cm deep.  The mixed Ruppia-Zostera  vegetation zones are also
characteristic; the depth ranges  (ca. 60-90  cm  below MLW)  observed  at the
Vaucluse site are typical of the  lower  Bay.

     The generalized distribution  pattern  for lower  Bay  aeagrasses  raises
important questions and suggests hypotheses  relative to  factors governing
plant distribution and abundance.   Apparent  among these  are the physiological
characteristics of each species  and their  response the environmental factor*
light,  temperature, nutrients  and  desiccation.   Direct competition  between
species  for  available  substrate  does  not appear a natural  determinate;
however, few data exist to evaluate the role this potential interaction might
play.

     The dynamic  nature of  the  distribution and abundance of the plant
community was  investigated  by  repeating the  relative abundance  and
distribution  surveys  along  transect B in May and  August,  1980 (Figure 2).
Based on the  results  of  plant  biomass studies  (Orih and Moore 1982) these
sampling  times  represented  months  of  maximum growth (May  through July)  and
                                        12                                                ,   ,/.

-------
             >
                                                       TRANSECT B
                       TTpnTVp
20


 0
                                        Inii
                                                       :;: 4-;'
                                                        y.:ji1,,,
                                                            i
                                                                   700   770
                                                                      S4MO BdR
                                                                        ll:"!
                                      
             o
ISO


100


80,

•oil
                40
  H
                       Ji.id
                                                       TRANSECT C
                                       .,     r
                                        n -r h ' ~ - r. *
'  : Z manna

 \ - ft marilima
                        100     ;oo
                                             400
Figure  1.   Submerged macrophyte diatribution and relative  abundance along
            tranaects A, B, and C,  in July 1979, at Vaucluae Shores, Chesapeake
            Bay,  Virginia, illustrating the Hepth-dependent  conation pattern
            typical  of lower Chesapeake Bay beds.  The horizontal axis is in
            aeten  from shore.
                                        13

-------
                                                           TRANSECT B
       2

       2
       o
       a.
       UJ
       a
       o
       o
 50-


100-


150-
I Z marina

   montima

 ALGAE
                                                           JULY, 1979
       a:
       UJ

       o

       ^o
       a:
       UJ
       >
       O
       o
IOO-,


 80-


 60-


 40-


 20-


  0
r|I jh- p
mi n
n
rfriitllllllllimi rflj
rrfflMl
iJ
1 1 K'lii
lilil
i

i L
1
1
L
r"
1
'(T
i
i
t
nil
XUGUST, I98C
                     100
                200   300    400   500    600    700     800
Figure 2.  Submerged microphyte distribution and  relative  abundance along

           transect B, for various times  of year  illustrating the dynamic

           nature of te vegetated zones.   Horizontal  scale is in meters frc

           shore.
                                      1A

-------
die-back (August) for Z_. marina  and jl. maritima at  th« mixed site.   II.                     ;'
maritima in the shallow area exhibits a  late  summer-fall  period of  maxima*                   -
growth.                                                                                     '/

     Species distribution  along  the depth  gradient  is similar for the three
sampling periods; however,  the relative  abundance (Z cover) is dramatically
different (Figure 2).  During  the  late  spring (May)  Z_. marina is uniformly                 •/..
distributed in the deeper  areas  of the grass  bed and has  maximum relative
abundance.  By mid-summer  (July),  both  species are  relatively uniformly                    /''
distributed within their zonal limits although Z. marina  is reduced in
relative abundance.  There is  some indication that  II. maritima has  invaded the               <
deeper, Zostera-dominated  areas  of the bed during this period but confirmation
of this must aw*it longer  term monitoring  and more  detailed studies.   During                y
the later part of the summer (August), Z.  marina is  significantly reduced in               , /
relative abundance at the  deeper stations  indicating natural plant  mortality,
and jl. maritima is more patch!ly distributed  and generally occupies the deeper
areas within its range.  These results  suggest not  only the dynamic nature of
the bed as a whole, but, also  the  complementary nature of the growth  and
dynamics of the two species.  We observed  that species dominance and  abundance
shift during the growing season  and these  parameters are  out of phase for the
two seagrass species.  This indicates that, as suggested  previously,
physiological and morphological  differences between  species rather  than direct
competitive interactions control species distribution.  Consequently, from an
applied standpoint, criteria developed  for management of  lower Bay  seagrases
may not apply universally  to all species and  for all locations.                             ''

     Biomass Relationships and Rooting Depth

     Above-ground plant biomass  (vegetative shoots)  in the three vegetated                /'
zones was also determined  to provide  information on  growth, production and
community dynamics.  A summary of  these  data  (from  Orth,  et al. 1981) are                  ^
provided in Figure 3.  Over an annual period, II. maritima exhibits  a  unimodal              /' ,
cycle in aboveground biomass.  At  the monospecific Jl. maritima site,  peak                  ''
biomass is in the Fall (September-October) while peak biomass "occurs  earlier               ','
(July-August) at the mixed site.  Z_. marina exhibits a bimodal cycle  of annual             .,
growth with periods of maximum biomass occurring both in  the spring to early              / •
summer and in the fall to  early  winter;  these periods of  maximum biomass are              ;
followed by periods of shoot die-back.   The re-growth of Z_. im rina  is not as              /
pronounced at the mixed site as  in the monospecific  Z. marina sit*.  The data
also indicate to some extent the year to year variation in standing stock.                 ' />
For example, there was approximately  a  50-60X increase in peak above-ground
biomass for JR. maritima between  1979  and 1980 and a  corresponding 20-252                   ^-
increase for Z_. marina.  Unfortunately,  the data are not  extensive  enough to               ./
assign level of significance to  the apparent  differences.                                  /

     The above-ground biomass  pattern observed for  Z_. marina is simil'.r to                 /'.'
that observed in other temperate climates  and probably reflects a negative                ',
growth response to increased summer water  temperatures.  In North Carolina,
Penhale (1977) reported peak Z_.  marina  shoot  biomasn ir. March followed by a
general biomass decline throughout the  rest of the  year;  the decline  occurred
as the water temperatures  increased during the summer.  Also in North                       ,'
Carolina, Thayer et al. (1975) observed  a  dramatic  biomass decline  following               '/
                                       15
                                                                                             i
                                                                                           I

-------

I
<
r '
O
O
CM
1_ 	 1
1 "§ 1 C
                                16

-------
                \
             Ruppia
             i	1	1	1	1	1	r	1—T
             MIXED  BED
             i	1	1	r~i	1	r——i	1	1	1	1
         M
i    i   I
MAM
    1980
Figure 4.  Mean root:shoot dry weight ratio of R.  maritima (•) and Z.  marina
           (0) at the three vegetated study sites.  Calculated frooTthc data
           of Orth and Moore, 1982.
                                      17

-------
peak summer water  temperatures  in August.   Biebl  and McRoy (1971) suggested
that prolonged or  frequent,  temperatures  rises  above  30*C could result in _Z.
marina mortality.  A temperature response  threshold  is also reflected in the
geographical distribution of JZ. marina which  reaches its southernmost limit on
the eastern ".S. coast  at Cape  Fear,  North Carolina  (Thayer et al. 1975).

     In general, R. maritime appears  more  tolerant of higher temperatures than
JZ. marina  (Richardson,  1980 anU references therein).  The geographic range of
JR. maritime extends south to the Gulf Coast of the United States.
Nevertheless, the  annual growth cycle of JR. maritima at Vaucluse Shores nay
involve a  negative response to  high summer temperatures as well as to other
parameters characteristic of the habitat.   At  the monospecific JR. maritima
site, the  shallow  water allows  for greater light  penetration than in the mixed
site; in  fact, JR.  uaritima  at  the shallower habitat  may be photo-inhibited at
times.  In addition, plants in  this zone are  frequently exposed during extreme
low tides.  The  low July-August biomaas  of jl.  maritima here may be due to the
combination of high temperatures, high  light,  and desiccation damage; a more
favorable  light  and temperature regime  is  probably present during its fall
biomass peak.  At  the deeper, mixed site where the light and temperature
regime  is  less extreme, JR.  maritima biomass exhibits a peak in July followed
by a decline during the warm August period. JR. maritima at the mixed site is
shaded  to  some extent by JZ. marina which has  longer  leaves; the lower annual
—• "uritima biomass here may reflect  lower productivity rates due to less
light.

     Root:shoot  dry weight  ratios (root  here  includes rhizome biomass) were
calculated from  the mean biomass data of Orth  and Moore (1981) and are
presented  in Figure 4.  Root:shoot ratios  reflect the plant's metabolic
expenditure in terms of non-photosynthetic and photosynthetic tissue.
Root:shoot ratios  less  than 1 were noted during much of the year for both
species at the mixed site and  for JZ.  marina at the monospecific site.  In
contrast,  El. maritima at the monospecific  site exhibited a ratio consistently
above 1, which suggests a different strategy  for  the plants.  The below-ground
portion of the plant  is considered an important site of nutrient uptake for
submerged  angiosperms (Penhale  and Thayer  1980 and references therein).  It is
possible  that lower interstitial nutrient  concentrations may characterize the
jl. marina  site;  thus, the  plant may expend more energy toward underground
growth.   At th'  deeper  mixed and Zoatera sites characterized by lower light
penetration, root:shoot ratios  less than 1 may reflect an additional
expenditure toward more photosynthetic  tissue.

     Rooting depth analyses of  the seagrasses  in  the three vegetated habitats
indicate  that greater than  98Z  of  the root-rhizome  system is located in the
upper 10  cm of the sediment (Table  1).   At the JR. maritima site, a greater
proportion of below-ground  biomass was  located in the upper 2 cm than at the
other two  sites.   The mean  total  root-rhizome  biomass was highest at the mixed
site, with considerably lower  values  at  the JZ. marina site and lowest values
at the JR.  marit ima site.

     The  rhizosphere  is the portion  of  the sediment  under the imuediate
influence  of the plant  roots  (Rovira  and Davey 1974).  Seagrass roots may
release oxygen to  the  sediments (Oremland  and Taylor 1977; lizumi, et al.
                                       18

-------



M
CO
3
s
H

(O
M
2
0
N .
0
O •
td CO
< +1
w <~>
CJCM
S B
M f>
a°.
15 S
P o
0
f-
w
CO 0.
CO
££
0 0
M 1-4
ea u
M
^E ^4
O OS
to a

H to
o <
at a
Id
U, H
O at
Is
H^ ^C
a:
H CO
to H

O O
1^
x u
H 5
0.
0
3 .
CO
^ 2
H O

H CO
a
_4

u
J
CO
H







































































B
o

o
••*
0


B
u

m
l
O



•
3t

"^
O
H
M



B
O
N
• P4
K Oi
B
•a -^
U 4J
O f

Q^ *^4
- $
4J ^
O W
H 0




's
u


r*
^j
a
V
0












4)
*J
CO

O \O vO
• • •
— o o

+i +i +i
<• oo w>

»
O CM
• ^* •
fO — ro

+1 +1 +1

ON PI PO
00 OO 0\

O fO O CM —
• o en t-i • m o ^
ON ^« -* — »- CM —
+1 +1 +H- +1 +1+1 +1 +1
•o (N o CM m oo >n cs —
r^ CM 
-------
1980).  Also, dissolved organic carbon compounds may be  released  by  seagras*
roots (Wetzel and Penhala 1980; Wood and Hayasaka  1981).   In  Che  highly
anaerobic sediments of plant communities with  submerged  roots such as  seagrass
systems, plant activity results in a profound  influence  on  physical, chemcal,
and biological characteristics of this zone.   In the Vaucluse Shores system,
the rooting depth data suggest that this dynamic zone of activity is
concentrated in the upper 5 cm of the sediment.  In addition, plant  influence
on sediment processes may be greatest at the mixed site  due to its greater
biomasa of root-rhizome material.

     Canopy Structure

     Plant community growth involves the response  of individual plants to the
environment as well as to other individuals in the community.   LAI is a
fundamental parameter in community analysis since  community growth is not
simply determined by the photosynthetic capacity of individual  leaves.   That
is, community growth is the product of the net assimilation per leaf area and
the LAI.  An increase in plant density affords a greater potential for
community production but mutual shading reOuces the available light  to a point
where net production decrases.  Many factors such  as light  intensity, leaf
morphology, and leaf orientation (i.e., a* influenced by tides and currents
for aeagrasses), play a role in determining the optimal  LAI of a  community.

     The results of our leaf area index (LAI)  studies showed  differences among
vegetated sites (Figure 5).  Analysis of variance  of one-sided LAI by date  and
site indicated significant differences among sites (p •  0.016).   The maximum
one-sided LAI values for the three sites in this study (II.  maritima • 3.4,
mixed • 4.2, Z^ marina « 3.2) were within  the  range of maximum values reported
for other seagrasses communities.  For example, maximum  one-sided LAI values
reported for seagrass systems include \6.8 (Dennison 1979); 9 (Jacobs  1979),
and 3.3 (Aioi 1980) for £. marina; 9.3 for Thalassia teatudinum (Gessner
1971), and 8.3 and  1.4 for Posfdonia oceanica  and  Cymodocea nodosa,
respectively (Drew  1978).  Few data exist  for  canopy structure in submerged
angiosperm communities compared to terrestrial communities.  LAI  values  for
terrestrial communities generally range from 1 to  12 and high LAI values tend
to be positively correlated with high annual productivity  (Leopold and
Kreideman 1975).

     In a detailed  community structure analysis of a monoapecific "L. marina
community across a  depth gradient, Dennison (1979) concluded  that changing
leaf area was a major adaptive mechanism to decreasing light  regimes.  He
observed that the LAI increased with increasing depth to the  deepest portion
of the bed where the LAI decreased.  At these  stations with the lowest light
penetration, further increases  in LAI probably could not be maintained due  to
the lowered net photosynthesis with less available light.   This is similar  to
the results obtained in this study in which LAI values generally  increase  from
the Hupp!a to the mixed site and  then decline  at  the deep  Z_.  marina  site.

     The seasonal pattern of LAI  reflects  various  trends within the  three
sites (Figure 5).   At the It. maritima site, the decrease in LAI during
fall-winter, 1979 paralleled a  decrease in shoot  density,  leaf length  and
shoot biomass data.  The summer  increase  in LAI corresponded  to increasing
                                       20

-------
                         \
                          \
                           \
n    i    r    r
<*•        m
I    I
                                     2 O
                                       GO
                                    ~  at
                                     a


                                     z
                                            « o
                                            x oo
                                            U I
                                            o 0>
                      M V
                      « a
                      •o
                      e «
                                            «• v
                      •9 V
                      •H •
                      • g
                      i  —i
                      « o
                      e 9
                                            O *J
                                       o
                      e m
                      •» u
                      « w

                      •?
                      X >
                                     -a —    •->
                                            e u

                                            if
                      v
                      tl

                      66
                  CM
         X3QNI  V3dV-dV3"!
            21
                                                             ./

-------
insolation and increasing density, biomasa  and  leaf  length.   At  the nixed
site, which generally exhibited the highest  LAI values,  the  steady decrease in
LAI from August, 1979 to February, 1980 was  a result  of  decreasing biomass,
length and density of II. n>aritima.  Although the  density of  Z. marina
increased during this period of new shoot growth,  leaf length and  biomass
decreased.  The rapid LAI increase in  spring, 1980 reflected rapid increases
in biomass and length of "L_, marina and in density, length and biomass of R.
maritima.  At the Z_. marina site, the  steady LAI  decline from April to October
paralleled a decrease in leaf  length.  The  sharp  decline in  LAI  at all three
sites from April to June, 1980 reflected an  unexplained  decrea.-e in shoot
density.

     Interrelationships of these community  parameters have been  reported in
other studies.  In a Z. marina community in France,  Jacobs (1979)  observed a
seasonal trend in which increases in LAI paralleled  increases in shoot density
and the number of leaves per shoot.  Aioi (1980)  observed that both the LAI
and shoot biomass exhibited a  similar  unimodal  seasonal  pattern  with a maximum
in May; he related this pattern to day length.  Center (1981) observed a
continuous trend toward maximum LAI of a freshwater  Eichhornia crassipes
community in which inceases in plant density in response to  available space
were followed by increases in  plant size in response  to  competition for light.

     The results of our canopy structure studies  also showed differences in
LAI between species.  Using Duncan's multiple range  test, the analysis
indicated that the mean LAI values of  II. maritima and Z_. marina  were
significantly different (p«0.05).  The data were  further analysed  using a
least squares test for differences among means  by species for the  various
sites (Table 2).  For Z_. marina, the mean LAI was not significantly different
than the mixed site.  The mean LAI for II. maritima was significantly different
than the mixed sites; both of  these were significantly different from Z.
marina.

     One-sided LAI values were calculated for 5 cm vertical  sections of leaf
material in order to obtain information on  the  vertical  stratification of leaf
area at  the three vegetated sites (Figures  6, 7,  8,  9).   Scatter plots of the
data collected over the 17-month study show that  for both II. maritima and Z_.
marina, maximum leaf area was  concentrated  in the lower  portion  of the canopy.
The 1R. maritima canopy exhibited the greatest concentration  of leaf area from
0 to 5 cm above the substrate.  Analysis of variance of  the  vertical
distribution of LAI showed highly significant differences between species (p •
0.0001).

     Examples of the vertical  stratification of leaf area of jl.  maritima and
Z. marina at the three sites are presented  in Figures 10, 11, and 12.
Although the LAI changes during the  year, the relative distribution of leaf
area does not change.  Over the yearly cycle, the LAI for II. maritima and for
Z. marina in the monospecific  stands was generally higher than that for each
Tpecies  at the mixed site.  The three  examples  illustrate a  period of major
biomass  decline of Z. marina  (August,  1979; Fig.  10), a  period of low biomass
of both  species (January,  1980; Fig.  11), and a period of generally high
biomass  and long  leaf  length of both  species (July,  1980; Fig.  12).
                                       22

-------

30-
25 -
1
o
Z
O
p 20-
o
CO
u.
0
Q.
0
*~ 15 -
10 -
5-
1
(
Ruppia maritime
R up pi a BED



•


...
	
•••• •••••• •
) 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0
                                LEAF AREA INDEX

Figure 6.  Scatter plot  of  the vertical distribution of LAI for II. maritiaa  at
           the monospecific  site at Vaucluse Shores.
                                      23

-------
         a
         O
             30-
         u.
         o
             25-
         E
         o

         Z
         g

         u   20-
             15 -
             10 -
5-»»
                i
                0
                                      Ruppia  maritime

                                        MIXED BED
                          •• •   •• •
              05
i
1.0
1.5
2.0

                                   LEAF AREA  INDEX
Figure 7.   Scatter plot of the vertical  distribution of LAI for R. taaritima

           the mixed bed site, at Vaucluse Shores.

-------
             50 -
             40 -
             30 -
          z
          o
          o
          UJ
          Q.
          O
              20 -
              10 -
              0 -1
                 l
                 0
                               Zoster a  manna
                                 MIXED BED
 T
04
 r
0.8
 T
1.2
                                 LEAF  AREA  INDEX
Figure 8.   Scatter  plot of the vertical distribution of LAI for Z,. marina at
           the  mixed bed  site, at Vaucluse Shores.
                                                                                      x"
                                     25


-------
                                                                                  '•*<
           50H
        _.  40H
        E
        u
        a  30
        CO
        a.
        o
            o-1
Zostera  marina

  Zoster a BED
                         04         08         12


                             LEAF AREA  INDEX
                                1.6
Figure 9.   Scatter plot of the vertical distribution of LAI for £. marina at

           the monoapecific lite,  at Vaucluae Shorea.
                                     26

-------
                                 AUGUST   1979
           50-
          40-
           30-
           20-
Ruppio  BED
Ruppia  mar it i ma
           10
       LU


       *    0

       (D

       tn
       O
       cr
       en
       LJ
       o
           50 -
           40 -
           30 H
           20-
           10-
Zostero BED
Zostera manna
MIXED  BED
Ruppia maritima
                                         "1
MIXED  BED
Zostero marina
                        H
                        j
                                    2     0

                               LEAF  AREA INDEX
                                               ~
                                                2
Figure 10.  Vertical distribution of LAI  for R. maritima  and Z. marina at the
           three vegetated sites for August, 1979 at Vaucluse Shores.
                                     27

-------

                                  JANUARY  1980
       tn
       m
       O
       IT
       U.


       in
       cr
       UJ
       »-
       UJ
       Z
       z
       Ul
       u
Figure 11.
            50-
           40-
           30-
            20-
            10-
       RuppiO BED

       Ruppia  maritime
50-
40-
            30-
            20
            10-
 Zostero  BED

Zoster a marina
                            MIXED BED

                            Ruppia maritima
MIXED  BED

Zoster a  marina
                                          :i
                                              r
                                 LEAF  AREA  INDEX
                                                                 i
                                                                 2
Vertical distribution of LAI for R. maritima and £. marina at the
three  vegetated iitet for January, 1980 at Vaucluae Shore*.

-------
                                      JULY  1980
         
         CD
         3
         in

         2
         O
         (T
             50-
             40-
             30-
             20 H
10-
      R-jppia  BED

      Ruppia maritima
MIXED  BED

Ruppia  maritima
         V)
         tr
             50-1
         z
         oj   40-
             30-
             20-
              10-
      Zostera  BED
      Zostera  marina
MIXED  BED

Zostera manna
                            i            I     ~i           r
                           10          20    0          10

                                   LEAF  AREA  INDEX
                                                       20
Figure 12.   Vertical distribution of LAI for II. mar it inn and Z_.  marina at the
            three vegetated sites for July,  1980 at Vaucluse Shores.

                                      29

-------
                                               f ,•
TABLE 2.  LEAST SQUARES TEST  FOR  DIFFERENCES AMONG MEAN LAI BY SPECIES FOR
          THE THREE VEGETATED STUDY  SITES AT VAUCLUSE SHORES.
Group
1
2
3
4
Species
Ruppia
Zoatera
Ruppia
Zostera

Site I/J
Mixed
Mixed
Ruppia
Zostera
1
*
0.0001
0.0031
0.001
Group Number
2 3
0.
0.
0.
001
*
0288
2412
0.
0.
0.
0031
0288
*
001
4
0.0001
0.2412
0.001
*

Prob>lTl HO:   x  (I)  - x  (J)
                                    30

-------
     The canopy structure  at  the  three  sites  reflects adaptations to the
specific light regimes.  In the shallow, high light  environment  at the It.
maritima site, the upper portion  of  the canopy may be photoinhibited during
portions of the year; a greater leaf area  near the substrate where light is
reduced may allow  for a greater net  canopy photosynthetic  rate.   For both
species at the mixed site  and for "L. marina at the monospecific  site,
concentration of photosynthetic area in the lower canopy would compensate for
the decreased light with increasing  mean depth.   Species differences in the
vertical stratification of leaf area would be particularly important at the
mixed site where It. maritima  is shaded  by  "L.  marina; these differences
probably contribute to successful co-existence.

     Although other factors are involved,  competition for  light  in submerged
communities is probably the most  important factor in determining community
structure.  Haller and Sutton (1975) characterized the community structure of
Hydrilla, an  introduced species which often displaces native species in
Florida.  They proposed that  Hydrilla communities, by forming a  dense canopy
at  the water  surface (which can reduce  light  penetration by 95Z  in 0.3 m)  have
effectively replaced native Vallisneria americana communities which are less
dense.  In a  study of Myriophyllum spicatum and Vallisneria americana, Titus
and Adams (1979) observed  that the former  had 68Z of its foliage within 30 cm
of  the surface while the latter had  62Z of its foliage within 30 cm of the
bottom.  Like Hydrilla, Myriophyllum spicatum has been successful in
establishing  dominance in  competitive situations.

     Wet:Dry Weight Ratios of Plant  Tissue

     Wet:dry weight ratios of II.  maritima  and Z_.  marina were calculated for
samples collected  in May,  1981.   Ratios for II. maritima were 6.31 _+ 0.76 (n-5)
for leaves and 8.72 _+ 0.47 (n-5)  for roots and rhizomes.  Ratios £. marina
were 7.20 _* 0.65  (n-4) for leaves and 8.69 _+  0.73 (n»4) for roots and
rhizomes.  These values are similar  to  ratios reported by  Neinhuis and DeBree
(1977) for Zosters marina  (leaves, 6.7  to  11.1;  roots and  rhizomes, 5.5-16.7).

     Elemental carbon and  nitrogen analysis

     Elemental analysis of plant  materials is useful for a number of putposes.
Tissues analysis may provide  estimates  of  nutrient availability  for growth
(Gerloff and Krombholr 1966)  or give an indication of possible food quality
for other organisms (Godshalk and Wetzel  1978).   Carbon:nitrogen atomic ratios
in  plankton are considered to be  about  6.6 according to the Redfield Model
(Redfield 1958).   Goldman  et  al.  (1979) have  suggested that phytoplankton of
composition with greater ratios are  deficient in nitrogen, and grow slower
than maximally.  Angiosperms  contain more  structural carbohydrates, such as
cellulose, than phytoplankton (e.g.  Almazan and Boyd 1978), and  thus these
considerations are not as  straight forward as in the phytoplankton although
similar analogies have been used. Carbon:nitrogen ratios  seldom aproach the
Redfield Model value of 6.6 in seagrasses  and reported values range from 10 to
80 with values of  10 to 20 being  usual   for Zosters  marina (Table 3).

     Seasonal changes might be expected in the nitrogen and carbon content of
seagrasses since these plants, at least in temperate climates, undergo
                                       31

-------
TABLE 3.  SUMMARY OF THE AVAILABLE LITERATURE ON WEIGHT PERCENT C AND N AND
          ATOMIC C:N RATIOS IN SEAGRASSES.

Species
Araph ibol is griffithii
Cymodocea nodosa
C. serrulata
u
it
Enhalus acoroides
u
n
u
Halodule uninervis
n
Halophilia decipiens
H. hawaiiana
H. oval is
H. ovata
H. spinulosa
*•» ^^H^^_^a«M
Phyllospadix scouleri
Posidonia oceanica
P. ostenfeldic
P. s inuosa
Svrins;odium isoet i f ol iutn
Thalassia hemprichii
T. testndinum
Zostera capricorni
it
Zostera marina
n
if
M
u
n
n

Plant Part
leaves
stems
leaves
leaves
leaves
rhizomes
leaves
rhizomes
leaves
leaves
rh i zomes
leaves
rhizomes
leaves

leaves
leaves
roots
rh i zomes
leaves
root s/rh i zomes
leaves
root s
leaves
rhizomes
leaves
leaves
rh i zomes
leaves
rhizomes
leaves
leaves
leaves
leaf-sheath
leaf-blade
rhizomes
root
dead- leaves

Locat ion
W. Australia
n
Corsica
N. Queensland
u
ti
N. Queensland
1 1
*i
Palau
M
N. Queens land
if
H
it
Hawai i
W. Austral ia
N. Queensl and
it
it
it
Cal i fornia
Corsica
it
W. Austral ia
it
N. Queensland
11
Barbados
N. Queens I and
ii
Cal i fnrnia
Rhode Island
Japan
M
M
ii
Wash . , Alaska

%C
30.
30.
37.

38.
36.
39.
35.
3b.
24.
16.
29.
36.
33.
38.
35.
33.
34.
22.
21.
31 .


32.
38.
31 .
37.4
40.
38.
29.
29.1

*N
1.3
0.96
1.59

1.25
1.70
2.18
0.94
1.21
1.13
0.63
1.45
1.9S
1.57
0.76
0.93
1.04
0.73
0.80
0.55
1.63


l.ll
6.!4
2.03
2.0
2.29
1.4
1.4
1.4

C:N
26.8
36.4
27.2
21.6
35.4
67.1
19.8
82.
24.7
20.8
43.4
33.2
27.7
34.6
24.4
24.8
29.8
51.7
77.6
46.5
23.3
21.2
24.5
58.2
43.7
16.9
54.0
32.
44.9
25.5
77.5
22.2
13.9
30.'
20.5
58.1
33.6
7.2
17.8
18.
18.6
23.
18.
18.8

Ref.*
1
1
1
2
1
2
2
2
1
1
1
2
2
1
2
1
1
2
2
2



2
2
1
3
•>
2
1
1
1
4
4
4
4
5
                                           32

-------
                                                          V  X
TABLE 3.  (CONTINUED)

Species Plant Part
Zoitera marina leaves-green
" leaves-brown
leaves
" leaves
" rhizomes
root
" leaves
Location
Denmark
ti
Germany
Japan
it
M
Canada
ZC
33.9
30 7
38.5
36.0
34.1
26.2
35-43
in
2.25
1.5
2.75
2.6
2.8
2.9
1.2-4.8
C:N
12.9
17.5
12.0
11.9
10.6
7.8
9-30
Ref.*
6
6
6
7
7
7
8

*References 1) Atkinson and Smith, 1981; 2) Birch,  1975;  3)  Patriquin,  1972;
4) Aioi and Mukai, 1980; 5) Godshalk and Wetzel, 1978;  6) Vinogradov,  1953;
7) Seki and Yokohama, 1978; 8) Harrison and Mann, 1975.
                                           33

-------
seasonal periodicity in growth.  Vinogradov  (1953), reviewing  earlier  work,
suggested a seasonal change in nitrogen content of Zostera  marina,  with  the
lowest nitrogen content occuring toward fall  or during winter.   Harrison and
Mann (1975) report a distinct sinusoidal character with a peak leaf M
percentage of 4.8 in March and a minimum of  1.2 in September.   Our  seasonal
data set for percentage nitrogen in Zostera marina leaves (Table 5) is
extensive, but, as of this writing, appears  inadequate to establish good
correlations with season or with biomass (Figure 3).  Hopefully with expansion
of the data set or more complete analysis, a  meaningful interpretation will  be
available.  However, it appears extremely unlikely that any textbook picture
such as is presented by Harrison and Kann (1975) will be found.   An estimated
median value for percent nitrogen for Zoster* marina leaves from the
literature (Table 3) is 2.32 and apparently higher than the mean of 1.8  from
our data.  Percent organic carbon in Zostera  marine leaves  appear to be  quite
similar for our data (mean of 36Z) and the literature (median  36Z);  thus the
C:N ratio of our data (25) is almost twice the median value (13) from  the
literature.  These data would seem consistent with the suggestion that the
Vaucluse grass beds are nitrogen deficient (e.g. Orth 1977).

     Roots and rhizomes of Zostera marina for Vaucluse clearly contain less
carbon and nitrogen than do the leaves end show a higher C:N ratio  (Table 4).
This relationship seems to generally be borne out by the literature as well
(Table 3) with the data set of Seki and Yokohama (1978) a posssible exception.
Our data are for combined root and rhizome tissue and the data of Seki and
Yokohama (1978) suggest that it is specifically the root tissue that may
contain lower C concentration.

     Since seagrasses are consumed primarily  through the detrital food chain,
there has been considerable interest in decomposition of the plant  material.
Nitrogen and carbon percentages and atomic C:N ratios in dead  Zostera  marina
leaf material are presented in Table 6.  The  means are all  lower than  those
from fresh leaf material.  Harrison and Mann  (1975) reported nitrogen
percentages from 1 to 1.5 in contrast to our  values of 1 to 2  and carbon
percentages from 26 to 32 in contrast to our  values of 20 to 40 for dead
leaves of Zostera marina.  Although no seasonal cycle is apparent for  either C
or N percentage.!, the atomic C:N ratios show a minimum of 15 in March  and a
maximum of 27 in September (Harrison and Mann (1975), in contrast to our data
suggesting maxima in September and February  of 31 and 41 respectively  and a
minimum of 20 in October.  The comparison of  C and N pecentages of  live  vs
dead leaves of Zostera marina is in agreement with the general idea   that
soluble C leaches from or is translocated from living leaves before leaf death
to a greater extent than soluble N.  However, consideration of changes in
epibiota during senescense and death of leaves may alter this  interpretation.

     A consideration of M and C values  from  Zostera marina  in  comparison to
Ruppia maritima from the monospecific stands  as well as the mixed bed  may
increase our understandir.g of species response to environmental conditions as
well as factors which influence their distribution with depth.  Unfortunately,
we have decided that there are technical reasons which cast doubt on the
validity of the mixed bed data and thus it  is not reported  here. Our  present
small data base from Ruppia maritima is given in Table 7.   Carbon content of
Zostera marina and Ruppia maritima are essentially the same, especially  in the
                                       34

-------
TABLE 4.  PERCENTAGE CARBON AND  NITROGEN  OF  THE  TOTAL ROOT AMD RHIZOME
          MATERIAL OF ZOSTERA MARINA AND  THE ATOMIC  RATIO OF CARBON:
          NITROGEN FROM THE PURE STAND  PLANT MATERIAL.   NUMBERS ARE THE
          MEAN, NUMBER OF OBSERVATIONS  AND THE STANDARD DEVIATION.

DATE
FEB
MAR
JUN
AUG
AUG
SEP
OCT
MEAN
OPJAHIC CARBON
PERCENTAGE
80
80
80
79
80
79
79

33.6
29.1
30.1
27.5
31.3
28.5
34.8
30.6
(2) 0
(1)
(4) 2
(5) 7
(8) 3
(3) 3
(3) 0

.67

.43
.11
.46
.38
.435

ORGANIC NITROGEN
PERCENTAGE
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
.59
.01
.08
.27
.31
.35
.18
.26
(2) 0
(1)
(4) 0
(5) 0
(8) 0
(3) 0
(3) 0

.075

.217
.456
.194
.0411
.0705

CARBON NITROGEN
ATOMIC RATIO
24
16
33
26
28
24
34
28
.6 (2)
.9 (1)
.7 (4)
.1 (5)
.8 (8)
.6 (3)
.5 (3)
.4
0.66

9.20
3.35
5.7
3.32
1.69


-------
TABLE 5.  PERCENTAGE CARBON AND NITROGEN OF TUE  TOTAL LEAF  MATERIAL OF
          ZOSTERA MARINA AND THE ATOMIC RATIO OF CARBON:NITROGEN  FROM
          THE PURE STAND PLANT MATERIALS.  NUMBERS  ARE THE  MEAN,  NUMBER
          OF OBSERVATIONS AND THE STANDARD DEVIATION.
DATE
MEAN
ORGANIC CARBON
PERCENTAGE
ORGANIC NITROGEN
PERCENTAGE
36.4
1.81
CARBON NITROGEN
ATOMIC RATIO
FEB
JUN
AUG
AUG
SEP
OCT
80
80
79
80
79
79
35.9
34.1
37.2
37.5
34.5
38.6
(1)
(6) 4
(10) 1
(5) 0
(3) 0
(2) 3

.22
.74
.67
.242
.41
3
I
2
1
1
2
.03 (1)
.54 (6)
.18(10)
.42 (5)
.50 (3)
.01 (2)

0
0
0
0
0

.417
.336
.135
.129
.0449
13
27
20
31
26
22
.8 (1)
.0 (6)
.3(10)
.2 (5)
.9 (3)
.4 (2)

5.09
2.49
3.38
2.38
2.48
                                                            24.9

-------
TABLE 6.  PERCENTAGE CARBON AND NITROGEN  OF  THE  TOTAL  DETRITAL LEAF
          MATERIAL OF ZOSTERA MARINA AND  THE ATOMIC  RATIO  OF  CARBON:
          NITROGEN FROM THE PURE  STAND  PLANT MATERIAL.   NUMBERS ARE
          THE MEAN, NUMBER OF OBSERVATIONS AND THE STANDARD DEVIATION.
DATE
MEAN
ORGANIC CARBON
PERCENTAGE
27.3
ORGANIC NITROGEN
PERCENTAGE
1.20
CARBON NITROGEN
ATOMIC RATIO
FEB
JUN
AUG
SEP
OCT
80
80
80
80
79
36.4
28.3
28.4
30.8
35.2
(3) 1
(4) 4
(5) 3
(6) 1
(3) 1
.43
.06
.9
.57
.95
1
1
1
1
2
.07
.39
.31
.20
.06
(3) 0
(4) 0
(5) 0
(6) 0
(3) 0
.231
.233
.186
.207
.079
40
23
25
30
20
.9 (3)
.8 (4)
.9 (5)
.7 (6)
.0 (3)
9.54
2.08
'j 9
5.7
1.85
22.5
                                       37

-------
TABLE 7.  PERCENTAGE CARBON AND NITROGEN OF THE TOTAL MATERIAL OF RUPPIA
          MARITIMA AND THE ATOMIC RATIO OF CARBON:NITROGEN.  NUMBERS ARE
          THE MEAN, NUMBER OF OBSERVATIONS AND THE  STANDARD DEVIATION.
DATE
ORGANIC CARBON
PERCENTAGE
ORGANIC NITROGEN
 PERCENTAGE
CARBON NITROGEN
ATOMIC RATIO
LEAF MATERIAL FROM RUPPIA SITE

             36.5  (4) 3.53

LEAF DETRITUS

             28.8  (1)

ROOTS/RHIZOMES FROM RUPPIA SITE

             22.0  (2) 5.23

ROOTS/RHIZOMES FROM MIXED SITE

             34.3  (2) 3.04
                       2.48 (4) 0.118
                       1.91 (1)
                       0.85 (2) 0.078
                       1.37 (2) 0.177
                        17.2 (4) 0.876
                        17.6 (1)
                        30.1 (2) 4.6
                        29.7 (2) 6.5
                                        38

-------
                                                     . '''• X -r~-S
                                                     '  V - .
                                                      -^
leaves.  Ruppia maritima leaves appear  to  be  richer  in  nitroge'  Chan leaves of
Zostera marina.  Until we expand the data  base,  no interpretations  of these
data are possible.

Chemical Characteristics of Vegetated and  Non-vegetated Sediments

     For our studies, chemical characteristics  of vegetated  and  non-vegetated
sediment were  investigated by determination of  organic  matter and adenosine
triphosphate (ATP) concentration of sectioned 30 cm  cores  taken  from the five
study sites (habitats) at Vaucluse Shores.  Orth and van Montfrans  (1982)
report other sediment properties.

     Organic Matter Content

     Overall,  the organic matter content of the  sediment was low at all  sites;
most values were less than 1Z of the sediment dry weight and reflect the sandy
nature of the  substrate.  The organic content of sectioned cores at four sites
during July, 1979 is presented in Figure 13.  Several  factors contribute to
the organic matter pool  in the sediments:  living and dead plant and animal
tissue, microbial autotrophs and heterotrophi,  dissolved organic matter, etc.
The influence  of the plant community is seen  in  the  total  amount and depth
distribution of organic matter content  at  the four sites.  The organic content
is lowest in the non-vegetated sand patch;'in addition, the  depth distribution
of organic content is relatively uniform in the  sand patch.   In  contrast, the
sediment organic matter  content was generally higher at the  three vegetated
sites.  Here,  organic matter was concentrated in the upper 10 cm of the
sediment corresponding to the zone of 982  of  the root-rhizome biomass (Table
1).  The organic matter content in the  upper  10  cm at  the  _R. maritima site was
lower than at  the mixed  and Z_. marina sites.  At these  latter two sites,
root-rhizome biomass in July was 3-4 times greaer than  at  the II. maritima
site.

     ATP Content

     The results of the  sediment ATP analyses did not clearly reflect the
influence of the seagrass rhizosphere.  ATP concentrations are generally used
as an estimator of microbial biomass, although  the ATP  from  any  viable cell is
to some extent included  in the values.  Higher  percentages of total ATP  in the
upper 5 cm of  the 30 cm  cores were generally  observed in the vegetated sites
compared to the non-vegetated sand patch (Table  8) although  spatial and
temporal variability masked any statistically significant  differences.   The
vegetated sites presumably contain greater concentrations  of metabolizable
substrates (such as dead plant organic  matter and dissolved  organic matter
secreted by the roots) than the non-vegetated sites  to  support microbial
growth.

     The seasonal distribution of ATP concentration  with depth during 1979 is
presented in Figure 14.  The ATP concentration  at all sites  was  higher in the
upper portion  of the sediment; this trend  wae generally more pronounced  at the
three vegetated sites.   The ATP concentration tended to be greater  during the
summer, which  corresponds to the period of highest community respiration (see
Chapter 2, this report).  In addition,  root-rhizome  biomass  tended  to be high
                                       39

-------
                                    JULY 1979
                             % ORGANIC  MATTER

                                  I        2




<
a.
^
o
•
, -



•




~-4
» <


^-
1
1—4
i | f

H
^
!•
-4
t
^T^ 	 ' '
• —^
+
•4
•. —4

V 	 •

h*^.. <
	
»-f


                                                      ( X rang* i n = 2)
Figure 13.  Vertical distribution of «ediment  organic  matter  (Z of Dry Weight)
            during July, 1979 at the principal sampling iitea within  the
            Vaucluse Shores area.  The mean and range  of values (n-2) are  given
            in the figure.

                                       40

-------
                                                  ./
TABLE 8.  PERCENT TOTAL ATP IN 0-5 CM AND 0-10 CM VERTICAL CORE SECTIONS
          FROM THE PRINCIPAL SAMPLING SITES WITHIN THE VAUCLUSE SHORES
          AREA.

Habitat
Ruppia

Mixed

Zoatera

Sand Patch

Depth
(cm)
0-5
0-10
0-5
0-10
0-5
0-10
0-5
0-10
Feb
72
81
69
79
80
88
49
64
Mar
44
59
64
75
59
72
_
-
April
45
90
51
66
59
81
43
59
June
44
61
58
73
60
74
65
90
July
63
73
49
65
40
53
48
62
Aug
36
53
41
57
_
-
_
-
Sept
45
62
37
53
85
91
_
-
Oct
23
34
37
53
36
52
34
50
X
46
64
51
65
60
73
48
65
                                       41

-------
   o_.
o
o
   o
   o-\
Q.
UJ

Q.
>-

<
                  irrrr

                                                                        o
                                                                          •
                                                                         . ft)
                                                                        « *J
                                                                        u ••«
                                                                        • •
                                                                        IM
                                                                        U M)
                                                                        a e
                                                                        • "<

                                                                        ** *§•
                                                                        s §
                                                                        a »
                                                                    w  »
                                                                    •  o.
                                                                      • p4
                                                                    «  O
                                                                    £  e
                                                                    W •*«
                                                                       hi
                                                                    O  O.
                                                                    w  •
                                                                    u  w
                                                                        o
                                                                    I -4 oo
                                                                      •o o>

                                                                    c 27
                                                                    O   9>
                                                                    •* e r-
                                                                    «j — < 9>

                                                                    « e
                                                                    •H o •
                                                                    u ••< •
                                                                    u «J «
                                                                    • • kl
                                                                    .* U O
                                                                    •O 4J X
                                                                      e M
                                                                    j: w
                                                                    JJ O «>
                                                                    o. e •
                                                                    w o a
                                                                    •o u <-"
                                                                         o
                                                                    « O. 9
                                                                    JS H *
                                                                    P •< >
                                                                                            7
            Diddny
                                                HD1XW 0 NVS
                          42

-------
   '
in the summer.  The seasonal behavior of ATP concentration  is shown  for  the
0-2 cm portion of the sediment in Figure IS.
                                       43

-------
        s
       Q.
       5
       o>
       3
                8-
                4-
   10-
    8-
Q   6-
UJ
i   «•!
            X
            u
               I 0-
                8 -
v
  \
                                           \
                        \
u 	 1 	 r- 	 1 —
1 On

-------
                               LITERATURE CITED

Almazan, G. and C. E. Boyd.  1978.  Effects of nitrogen  levels on  rate*  of
    oxygen consumption during decay of aquatic plants.   Aquatic Bot.
    5:119-126.

Atkinson, M. and S. V. Smith.  1481.  Carbon:nutrient ratios of benthic  marine
    plants.  Manuscript submitted to Nature.

Aioi, K.  1980.  Seasonal change  in the standing crop of eelgrass  (Zostera
    marina L.) in Odawa Bay, Central Japan.  Aquatic Bot.  8:343-354.

Aioi, K, and H. Mukai.  1980.  On the distribution of organic contents in  a
    plant of eelgrass (Zostera marina L.).  Jap. J. Ecol.  30:189-192.

Backman, R. W. and D. C. Barilotti.  1976.  Irradiance reduction:  effects on
    crops of the eelgrass Zos.era marina in a coastal lagoon.  Mar. Biol.
    34:33-40.

Bancroft, K., E. A. Paul and W. J. Wiebe.   1976.  The extraction and
    measurement of adenosine triphosphat: from marine sediments.   Limnol.
    Oceanogr.  21:473-480.

Biebl, R. and C. P. McRoy.  1971.  Plasmatic resistance  and rate of
    respiration and photosynthesis of Zostera marina at  different  salinities
    and temperatures.  Mar. Biol.  8:48-56.

Birch, W. R.  1975.  Some chemical and calorific properties of tropical  marine
    angiosperms compared with those of other plants.  J. Appl. Ecol.
    12:201-212.

Center, R. D. and N. R. Spencer.  1981.  The phenology and growth  of water
    hyacinth (Eichhornia crassipes (Mart.)  Solms) in a eutrophic North-Central
    Florida LaKe.  Aquatic Bot.   10:1-32.

Congdon, R. A. and A. J. MeComb.  1979.  Productivity of Ruppia; seasonal
    changes and dependence on light in an Australian estuary.  Aquatic Bot.
    6:121-132.

Cot tarn, C.  1935a.  Further notes on past periods of eelgrass scarcity.
    Rhodora 37:269-271.

Cottam, C.  1935b.  Wasting disease of Zostera marina.   Nature 135:306.

Cot tarn, C. and D. A. Munro.  1954.  Eelgra^o status and  environmental
    relations J. Wildl. Mgt.  18:449-460.

den Hartog, C.  1970.  The Sea-Grasses of the World.  North-Holland,
    Amsterdam 275 pp.


                                      45

-------
Denniaon, W.  1?7<>.  Light adaptation of  plants:   A model  based  on  the
    seagrass Zostera marina L.  M. S. Thesis, Univ. Alaska,  Fairbanks.   69 pp.

Dillon, C. R.  1971.  A comparative  study of  the  primary  productivity of
    estuarine phytoplankton and macrobenthic  plants.   Ph.D.  Dissertation,
    Dept. Botany, Univ. of North Carolina,  Chapel  Hill.   112 pp.   112 pp.

Drew, E. A.  1978.  Factors affecting photosynthesis  and  its seasonal
    variation in the seagrasses Cymodocea nodosa  (Ucria)  Aschcrs, and
    Posidonia oceanica (L,.) Deliie in tue Mediterranean.   J. exp. mar.  biol.
    Ecol.  31:173-194.

Evans, G. C.  1972.  The Quantitative Analysis of Plant  Growth.  Univ.
    California Press, Berkely.  734  pp.

Gallagher, J. L.   1975.  Effect of an ammonium nitrate pulse on  the  growth and
    elemental compos iton of natural  stands  of Spartina alterniflora  and  Juncus
    roemerianus  in  a Georgia  salt marsh.   Amer. J. Bot.   62:644-648.

Gerloff, G. C. and  Krombholz,  P. H.   1966.  Tissue analysis  as a measure of
    nutrient availability  for  the growth  of angiosperm aquatic plants.
    Limnol.  Oceangr.  11:529-537.

Gessner, F.  1971.  The water  economy of  the  seagrass Thalassia  testudinum.
    Mar. Biol.   10:258-260.

Godshalk, G. L.  and R. G.  Uetzel.  1978.   Decomposition of aquatic
    angiosperms.   III.  Zostera marina L.  and a conceptual model of
    decompositon.   Aquatic Bot.  5:329-.>54.

Goldman, J. t.,  J.  J. McCarthy and D. G.  Peavey.   1979.   Growth  rate  influence
    on  the chemical composition of phytcplankton  in oceanic  water.   Nature
    179:210-215.

Harrison, P. G.  and K. H.  Mann.  1975.   Chemical  changes  during  the  seasonal
    cycle of growth and decay  in eelgrass (Zostera marina) on the Atlantic
    Coast of Canada.  J. Fish. Res.  Board Can. 32:613-621.

Haller, W. T. and  D. L. Button.  1975.   Community structure  and  competition
    between Hydrilla and Val lisneria.  Hyacinth Contr. J.   13:48-50.

lizumi, H., A. Hattori, and C. P. McRoy.   1980.   Nitrate  and nitrite  in
    interstitial waters of eelgrass  beds  in relation  to the  rhizosphere.  J.
    exp. mar. biol. Ecol.  47:191-201.

Jacobs, R. P. W. M.  1979.  Distribution  and  aspects  of the  production  and
    biomass of erlgrass, Zoatfra marina  L., at Roscoff,  France.  Aquatic Bot.
    7:15l-'72.

Leopold, A. C. and  P. E. t'r i «Hemann.  1975.  Plant Growth and Development.
    McGraw-Hill  Inc., New  York.   545 pp.

-------
Mann, K. H.  1975.  Relationship between morphemetry  and  biological
    functioning in three coastal inlets of Nova  Scotia,   pp.  634-644.   In,  L.
    E. Cronin (ed), Estuarine Research, V. I.  Academic  Press,  N.Y.   738 pp.

Nienhuis, P. H. and B. H. H. De Bree.   1977.   Production  and  ecology of
    eelgrass (Zostera marina L.) in  the Grevelingen estuary:   The Netherlands,
    before and after the closure.  Hydrobiologia 52:55-66.

Nixon, S. W.  1980.  Between coastal marshes  and coastal  waters; a  review of
    twenty years of speculation and  research  on  the role  of salt marshes in
    estuarine productivity  and water chemistry,  pp. 437-525.   In, P.  Hamilton
    and K. B. HacDonald  (eds.), Estuarine and Wetland Processes, Plenum Publ.
    Co., N.Y.

Oremland, R. S. and B. F. Taylor.  1977.  Diurnal  fluctuations of 0%,  $%,  and
    CH4 in the rhizosphere  of Thalassia tstudinum.  Limnol. Oceanogr.
    22:566-570.

Orth, R. J.  1977.  Effect  of nutrient enrichment  on  growth of the  eelgrass
    Zostera marina in Chesapeake Bay, Vir/.inie.  Mar. Biol.   44:187-194.

Orth, R. J., K. A. Moore, and H. H.  Gordon.   1979.  Distribution and abundance
    of submerged aquatic vegetation  in the lower Chesapeake Bay.  U.S.
    Environmental Protection Agency  Report No. 600/79-029/SAV1, Chesapeake Bay
    Program, Annapolis Maryland.

Orth, R. J. and K. A. Moore.  1982.  The biology and  propagation of  eelgrass,
    Zostera marina, in the  Chesapeake Bay, Virginia.  Final Report,  Grant  no.
    R805953, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  Chesapeake Bay Program,
    Annapolis, MD. and VIMS SRAMSOE  265, Gloucester Point, VA. 187  pp.

Orth, R. J. and J. van Montfrans.  1982.  Structural  and  functional  aspects
    of the ecology of submerged aquatic macrophyte communities in the  lower
    Chesapeake Bay.  Vol. III.  Interactions  of  resident  consumers  in  a
    temperate estuarine  seagrass community:   Vaucluse Shores,  Virginia.   USA.
    Final Report, Grant  no. R805874, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
    Chesapeake Bay Program, Annapolis Maryland and VIMS SRAMSOE 267,
    Gloucester Point, VA.   232 pp.

Patriquin, D. G.  1972.  The origin  of nitrogen  and phosphorus for  growth of
    the marine angiospertn Thalasia testudinum.   Mar.  Biol.  15:35-46.

Penhale, P. A.  1977.  Macrophyte-epiphyte biomass and  productivity  in an
    eelgrass (Zostera marina L.) community.   J.  exp.  mar. biol. Ecol.
    26:211-224.            ~

Penhale, P. A. and G. W. Thayer.   1980.  Uptake  and transfer  of carbon and
    phosphorus by eelgrass  (Zostera  marina L.) and its  epiphytes.   J.  exp.
    mar. biol. Ecol.  42:113-123.

Pomeroy, L. R.  1975.  Mineral cycling  in marine ecosystems,   pp. 209-223.
    In, F. G. Howell, J. B. Gentry and M. H.  Smith (eds.), Mineral  Cycling  in
    Southeastern Ecosystems, NTIS, CONF-74013, Springfield, Va.
                                       47
                                                                                        J

-------
PostgaCe, J. R.   1971.   Relevant  aspect'.  -,i  the  physiological chemistry of
    nitrogen fixation, pp. 287-307.   In,  D.  E.  Hughes  and A.  H.  Rose (eds.),
    Microbes and  Biolcgy productivity.   Symp.  Soc.  Gen.  Microbial.,  V.  21,
    Cambridge University Press, London.

Redfield, A. C. 1958.  The biological  control  of chemical factors in the
    environment.  Amer.  Sci.  46:1-221.

Richardson, F. D.   1980.  Ecology of  Ruppia  mar itima L.  in New Hampshire
    (U.S.A.) tidal  marshes.   Rhodora  82:403-439~;

Rovira, A. D. and C.  B.  Davey.  1974.   Biology of  the  rhizosphere,  pp.
    153-2C4.  In, E.  W.  Carson  (ed.),  The Plant  Root and Its  Environment.
    Univ. Virginia  Press, Charlottesville.

Ryther, J. H. and W.  M.  Dunstan.   1971.   Nitrogen,  phosphorus and
    eutrophication  in the coastal  iiarine  envi.onment.   Science 171:1008-1012.

Seki, H. and Y. Yokohama.  1978.   Experimental  decay of  eelgrass (Zostera
    marina) into  detrital particles.   Arch.  Hydrobiol.   84:109-119.

Thayer, G. W.  1971.   Phytoplar.kt on production  and  the distribution  of
    nutrients in  a  shallow unstratified  estuarine  system near Beaufort, N.C.
    Chesapeake Sci.   12:2*0-253.

Thayer, G. W., S. M.  Adams,  and M.  W.  LaCroix.   1975.   Structural and
    functional a»p,-'-ts of a  recently  established Zostera raarina  community, pp.
    518-546.  lr. !.  E.  Cronin  (ed.)  Estuarine  Research,  v.  1.  Academic
    Press, New Yoi,    738 pp.

Titus, J. E. and  M.  S. Adams.   1979.   Coexistence  and  the comparative light
    relations of  the  subnerged  macrophytes Myriophyllum  spicatmn and
    Vallisneria americana Michx.   Oecologia  (Berl.)4^0:273-286.

Valiela, I., J. M.  Teal, and W. Sass.   1973.   Nutrient  retention in  salt marsh
    plots experimentally fertilized with  sewage  sludge.   Est. Coastal Shelf
    Sci.   1:261-269.

Vinogradov, A. P.   H53.  The Elementary  Chemical  Composition of Marine
    Organisms.  Translated fron Russian  by Efron,  J. and J.  K. Set low,  with
    bibliography  »dit»?d  and  enlarged  hy  V. W.  Odum. Sears Foundation for
    Marine Research,  Nerf K;iv«»n, Conn.   647 pp.

Wetzel , R. G. and P.  A.  P^nhale.   I*3?").   Transport  of  carbon  and excretion of
    dissolved organic carbon by I»av»q and roots/rhizomes in  seagrasses and
    their epiphytes.   Aquatic Bor..   6:149-158.

Williams, R. B.   1973.   Nutrient  levels  and  phytopl ankton productivity in the
    estuary,  pp.  59-89.  in, R. H.  Chabreck  (ed.),  Proceedings,  2nd,
    symposium, Coastal Marsh and  F.*t-:.iry  Management, July 17-18, 1972.
    Louisiana State Univ., Bdton  kou.;e.

-------
Wood, D. C. and S. S. Hayasaka.   1981.  Chemotaxis of  rhizoplane  bacteria  to
    amino acids comprising eelgrass  (Zoftera marina L.)  root exudate.   J.  exp.
    mar. biol. Ecol.  50:1^)3-161.

-------
                                 Chapter 2
PHOTOSYNTHESIS, LIGHT RESPONSE AND METABOLISM OF SUBMERGED MACROPHYTE COMMUNITIES
                    IN THE LOWER CHESAPEAKE BAY, VIRGINIA
                       R. L. Wetzel and P. A. Penhale
                    Virginia Institute of Marine Science
                        and School of Marine Science
                         College of William and Mary
                         Gloucester Point, Virginia
                                    23062
                                      50

-------
                                  INTRODUCTION

     The productivity and metabolism  of  submerged  macrophyte  communities  is
comparatively high in relation  to other  habitats within  eatuarine,
shoal-benthic environments along  the  U.  S.  Atlantic  east  coast.   In  a
significant portion of  these  shallow  water  areas,  primary production by the
submerged vascular plants Zostera marina (eelgrass)  and  Ruppia maritime
(widgeon grass) dominates organic matter input  to  the habitat and provides a
substrate or surface area for additional  autotrophic production  by an
attached, microalgae dominated  epiphytic  community.  These  characteristics
render the habitats metabolically active  and trophically  important.  Because
of specific diversification in  autotrophic  production in  these communities,
i.e., vascular plants,  epiphytic  autotrophs, benthic micro- and  macroalgae,
and  phytoplankton, trophic structure  is  highly  diverse and  secondary
production is significantly greater than in adjacent, non-vegetated  habitats
(Orth, et al. 1982).

     Historically, studies of submerged  macrophyte production in temperate and
tropical seagrass communities have focused  on two  species;  temperate eelgrass,
Z, marina, and tropical  turtlegrass,  Thalassia  testudinum.  Estimates of
annual bioraass production reported for eelgrass range from 200 to 800 gC  m~2
(Nixon and Oviatt 1972;  McRoy 1974; Wetzel  et al.  1979;  Nienhuis 1980;
Lindeboon et al. 1982a;  1982b).   For  turtlegrass,  the estimates  range from 200
to 3000 gC m~2 (Jones 1968; Bittaker  1975;  McRoy and McMillan 1977).  These
values for seagrasses fall in the upper  range reported for  the more  intensely
studied estuarine and coastal marsh communities (Keefe 1972).  Also, many of
these annual values for  seagrasses may prove underestimates due  to the
techniques employed (Zieman and Wetzel 1980).   Regardless,  the estimates
certainly imply a correspondingly high nutrient demand met  by either tightly
coupled remineralization processes or new nutrient sources.

     Physical, chemical  and biological factors  which regulate seagrass
photosynthesis and organic matter production have  been ascribed  to
temperature, salinity,  hydrodynamic properties, grazing,  nutrients and light.
Complicating the analysis of  these factors  in temperature zones,  estuarine
seagrass communities, such as those in Chesapeake  Bay, undergo wide
fluctuations in all these environmental  variables  which  have diel, seasonal
and  annual periodicities.

     Temperature obviously has  direct effects on all enzymatically mediated
processes as well as on  physical-chemical properties of  the water environment.
Together, salinity and  temperature govern the geographical  range and
distribution of seagrasses but  within the range of tolerance of  a particular
species in estuarine systems, these parameters  are probably of secondary
importance (e.g. McRoy  and McMillan 1977) except to  establish or interact
with other factors to control the rates  of  specific  chemical  and biochemical
trans formatIons.
                                       51

-------
     Hydrodynamic properties and specifically water  circulation may  limit
plant growth for some aquatic macrophytes.   In  tidally dominated,  estuarine
systems which appear characteristically well-mixed  in shallow water  areas,
mixing is probably sufficient to prevent establishment of  strong gradients
inhibiting gas diffusion and exchange  (e.g.  Conover  1967;  Weatlake 1967;
1978).  However, Fonseca, et al. (1982) have suggested that  current  velocity
within seagrass meadows may have significant influence on  plant self-shading                  ^.
and thus plant community photosynthesis.                                                     /

     Direct grazing by waterfowl and  larger  invertebrates  has been
demonstrated important for some Z_. marina communities (Neinhuis and  van
lerland, 1978).  It is considered by many, however,  to be  of minor overall
significance and is generally regarded as episodic  in character.   However, any
general conclusions regarding waterfowl-plant trophic interactions,  especially
in temperate zones, of the U. S. Atlantic east  coast is highly tenuous  due
both to a lack of detailed review and  long term study (E.  W. Wilkins, personal
communication, 1982).

     The environmental variables considered  as  primary physical and  chemical
controls on seagrass photosynthesis and production  are light and nutrients.
Nutrient availability, particularity  nitrogen,  is generally  considered, or at
least has become a popular opinion, a  primary control.  Historic evidence
supporting this view has been the general observation that estuarine and
coastal waters are generally low in nutrient concentration.  Needless to say,
this observation may have little direct bearing on  seagrass  limitation  from  a
kinetic standpoint.  Kinetic relationships for  seagrass nutrient utilization
have only within the past decade been investigated  (MeRoy  and Alexander 1975;
Penhale and Thayer 1980; lizumi and Hattori  1982).   The relative importance  of
new sources (e.g. nitrogen fixation)  versus  recycled forms and root-rhizome
versus leaf uptake are currently areas of active research  (e.g. Patriquii: and
Knowles 1972; Goering and Parker 1972; McRoy et al.  1973;  Capone et  al.  1979)
but there appears no consensus  of opinion.   For estuarine  systems,
particularly temperate estuaries, Nixon (1981) has  presented some rather
convincing agruments that nutrient remineralization  in sediments dominates
estuarine nutrient cycles.  There are no specific  arguments  that would
indicate seagrass communities operate any differently.  For  seagrass
communities in the lower Chesapeake Bay, Orth (1977) has demonstrated a rapid
and positive growth response by Z. marina to in situ sediment surface
application of commercial fertilizer  suggesting nutrient limitation. In Rhode
Island, Harlin and Thome-Miller (1981) experimenting with water column
enrichments of ammonium, nitrate and  phosphate  demonstrated  a variable                         ,
response by "L_. marina and JR. marit iroa dependant on  nutrient  supplied,                        ,/''.
potential competitive species and current velocity.

     In contrast to nutrient kinetics light-photosynthesis interactions have
been extensively studied  in relation  to  aeagrass metabolism  and  light alone  is               ""
considered the principal limiting factor  in  many environments  (Zieman and
Wetzel  1980).  Seagrasses characteristically have depth-dependent  distribution
patterns that are explained as  a species-specific  response to  ambient,
submarine light  regimes  (Buesa  1975;  Aioi  1980; Nienhuis and DeBree  1980; Orth
et al.  1982).  Williams  (1977), Penhale  (1977), Drew (1979), Beer  and Waisel                  ;
(1979) and Capone «-t al.  (1979) have  reported on the physiological response  of
                                       52

-------
seagrass photosynthesis to varying  light  intensity.   Saturating  light
intensities, as photosyntheticdlly  active radiation  (PAR),  for many  seagrasses
fall in the range 400-600  E m~2 sec"'.   For  some coastal  systems,
particularity in subtropical and tropical areas, these  PAR intensities  are
characteristic and light is considered not  limiting  except  at extreme depth.
However, in more turbid estuarine conditions,  light  environments of  these
intensities probably are not typical  and  submarine light  regimes appear
fundamentally important for growth  and survival of seagrasses (Backman  and
Bertilotti  1976; Congdon and MeComb  1979).  Within limits,  seagrasses can
adapt both morphologically (e.g. leaf elongation and  altered canopy  structure)
and biochemically (pigment composition) to  suboptimal light regimes  (Spence
1975; Bowes et al. 1977; Wiginton and McMillan 1979).   However, the  range of
adaptation  for a particular species  is limited (Dennison  1979).

     In terms of organic matter cycling and the trophic structure of seagrass
communities, the vascular plants are  generally presumed to  be indirectly
utilized, i.e., direct grazing or secondary,  macroheterotrophic utilization of
the living  plant tissue is considered minor.  Mortality  of  the plants forms the
base of a detrital trophic structure  (Mann  1973; ienchel  1977; Klug  1980).
Microbial decomposition of macrophyte tissue  and microheterotrophic  production
associated  with the sediments probably accounts for  the principal organic
matter source that goes to support  secondary  production indirectly from plants
per se (Fenchel 1977; Klug 1980; Newell 1981).

     Heterotrophic utilization of epiphytic,  benthic  and  planktonic  algae
production  on the other hand is probably mediated by  direct grazing.  In
contrast to other estuarine and marine communities where  either detrital or
grazer pathways dominate, seagrass  communities, both  temperate and tropical,
appear to be characterized by both.   Recent studies  suggest that both detrital
and grazing pathways are potentially  of equal  importance  in supporting
heterotrophic metabolism and secondary production (Chapter  3, this report).
Therefore,  secondary production in  seagrass communities results from the flux
of organic  matter, energy, and nutrients via  two distinct,  though
interdependent pathways:  1) a detrital based  trophic structure controlled by
vascular plant production and microbial degradation,  and  ?) a grazing trophic
structure controlled by epiphytic,  benthic micro- and macroalgae,
phytoplankton and, to some extent,  vascular plant primary  production.   The
degrae of interdependence of the two  structures remains poorly understood.

     The studies reported herein focused on what we  a priori assumped the
principal factors controlling macrophyte production  in  the  lower Chesapeake
Bay and were directed at:  1) studies of  photosynthesis by  the two dominate
vascular plant species in lower Chesapeake  Bay seagrass communities, "L. marina
and JR. maritima, 2) measures of total community metabolism  and, 3) evaluation
of the importance of short term light (PAR) alterations and seagrass response
at both specific and community levels.  Total  community metabolism studies
were employed to estimate production  and consumption  by the intact community
under various natural and altered light regimes as well as  provide integrated
rate estimates.  These data were also used  for more detailed studies
partitioning production and consumption (see  Chapter  3, this report).   To the
extent possible, the studies were carried out  contemporaneously. All sampling
and field studies were conducted in the seagrass bed  at Vaucluse Shores.
                                      53
\
 \

-------
Elsewhere, we have provided a detailed description of  the  study site  (see
Preface, Figure  1 and Chapter 1,  this report).
                             MATERIALS  AND METHODS

     Vascular Plant Photosynthesis
     Photosynthesis was  estimated  using  **C  radiotracer  techniques  for £.
marina and R_. maritima collected  from the  mixed  bed  site following  the
procedures of Penhale (1977).   Excised leaves  of each species were  collected
and  incubated in  separate  900 ml  glass jars  containing seawater collected  at
the  site. The jars were  covered with  neutral density screens which  allowed for
light penetration of  2,  4,  10,  27  and 532  of ambient light.   Experiments were
carried  out  at  various  times throughout  the  year in  order to cover  the range
of in situ temperatures.   Samples  were innoculated with  10-20 yUCi  ^C- NaHCC»3
and  incubated under  natural light  from 1000  to 1400  hours in a running
seawater system.  Temperature was  maintained about 1°C above ambient  using
this system.  After  incubation, sample processing included quick freezing  in
dry  ice, lyophilization  and combustion in  a  Packard  Model 306 sample  oxidizer.
1 C  collected from sample  combustion  was assayed by  liquid scintillation using
a Beckman Model LS 8000  counter.   All radioactivity  measurements were
corrected for background,  recovery after combustion, and counting efficiency.
Specific rates  of I^C-photosynthesis  were  calculated following the  method  of
Penhale  (1977).

     Total Community Metabolism

     Total  community metabolism (net  apparent  oxygen production or
consumption) within  the  three vegetated zones  was determined using dome
enclosures  (acrylic  hemispheres).   The dome  enclosures were 1 m diameter,  0.5
m in height  that  enclosed  a water volume of  260 liters and covered a  bottom
area of  0.78 m2.  Vegetated areas within "L.  marina,  mixed, or II. maritima
dominated communities were randomly selected in and  around permanent  station
markers  located between transects B and C (see Preface,  Figure 1).   Care was
taken  not to locate  a specific  study in an area previously used. On several
occasions,  dome studies were carried  out in  nonvegetated, sand" patch areas
within the  seagrass  bed and outside the grass  bed proper on the sandbar.  For
all  community metabolism studies, the domes  were placed by diver and  secured
to  the substrate  by  forcing a   10 cm vertical flange  attached to the dome
circumference   into  the  sediment.   The domes  were equipped with ports for
sampling by syringe  and with standard hose  fittings  for attachment to an
above-water pumping (recirculating) system.   The pumping system was made by
modifying 12 VDC bilge  pumps to accept on both  intake and discharge sides
 standard garden hose fittings   for connection to the domes.  The pump manifold
on  the discharge side of each   channel was constructed of standard PVC fittings
 in  such a aa. ner to accept 02   electrodes (Orbisphere Model 2705, Orb i sphere
Laboratories,  New Jersey)  and  provide for both  sampling of dome water and
 introduction of selected solutions into the recirculated water  for
 manipulation of various parameters.  A  four-channel pumping system constructed
 in  this manner could be run continuously  for approximately 36 hours  using
 three, deep-cycle,  12 VDC  marine batteries  connected  in parallel.  The  rated
 output of the  pumps was 750 gph and we  determined using Rhodamine WT dye  in  a
                                        54

-------

simulated experiment that turnover  in  the  domes  was  aporoximately 7 minutes.
Complete replacement of enclosed water (i.e.  pump-out)  could  be  accomplished
in 20 minutes.  Figure 1 illustrates the dome  enclosure experimental design.

     In general, an experiment consisted of randomly placing  four domes  by
diver in the selected habitat, connecting  each dome  to  a pumping channel,  and
pumping out the domes for one hour  following  placement  to insure ambient
conditions of the enclosed water.   We  incorporated this procedure because  in
preliminary studies using these large  domes,  elevated NH4 concentrations were
noted which we ascribed to the effect  of dome  placement (sediment
disturbance).  Following the pump-out  period,  the discharge side of the
pumping channel was connected to the corresponding dome and the  incubation
period begun.

     Dissolved oxygen using Clark-type, sulfide-insensitive,  polarographic
electrodes (Orbisphere Laboratories, Inc.) attached  to  the pump  manifold,
temperature and dissolved oxygen in ambient water, and  photoaynthetically
active radiation (PAR) using a LI-COR  185A Quantum Radiometer equipped with
both surface and underwater PAR quantum sensors  was  continuously monitored in
each of the four domes and ambient  water.  The data  were continuously recorded
by processing the instrument signals with  a 10 channel, multiplexer (Dataplex
10, Hampshere Controls, Inc.) onto  a two channel, portable strip chart
recorder (Soltec, Inc.).  Periodic  written records were also  kept during the
course of an experiment as a check  on  recorder output and calibration.   The
dissolved oxygen electrodes were calibrated at the beginning  of  each
experiment using water-saturated, air  nomographs and again checked at the  end
of the experiment.  Periodically, the  probes  were calibrated  against the
standard Winkler titrametric technique (Strickland and  Parsons 1972) to  insure
the accuracy of the air-water calibration  procedure.  Factory calibrated
temperature and PAR sensors were used  throughout the study.

     Prior to adoption of this technique using the domes, two other designs
were employed and when used are noted  in the  results.  The first design
employed was placement of the domes as before  but without water  circulation.
Sampling for dissolved oxygen was done by  removing replicate, 10 ml syringe
samples from each dome over various incubation intervals. Dissolved oxygen
was determined using standard Winkler  reagents (Strickland and Parsons  1972)
and micropipet and microburet equipment (see  Fraleigh 1971).   Tike second
design employed a recalculating system that was  integral with the dome  (i.e.
all equipment was submerged) and dissolved oxygen determined  by  polarographic
means with the electrodes fixed to  the domes  and all other sampling
accomplished by syringe sampling through the  dome ports.

     The first design was abandoned because of the accumulating  evidence which
indicates the importance of water motion in attempting  measures  of exchange,
whether the measures are oxygen or  some other  dissolved constituent (e.g.
Wheeler 1980).  The second design was  abandoned  because of inherent
difficulties in sampling the enclosed  water   mass and recurring  problems of
electrical failure with the pumping system.   Although we were satisfied  that
the pumping system maintained adequate circulation and  water  motion within the
domes, periodic electrical failures required  termination of the  experiment and
resulted in the loss of both data and  time.   Since adopting the  first
                                       55

-------
                                                              «e
                                                              C
                                                              M
                                                              41

                                                              TJ
                                                              I

                                                              w

                                                              s.
                                                              M   •
                                                              41  •
                                                                  a
                                                              «  §
                                                              h  S
                                                              3  a.

                                                              o  oo
                                                              —i  e
                                                              o ••<
                                                              B  u
                                                              41  •



                                                              ll
                                                              •O -^
                                                                  U
                                                              41  4>
                                                              

                                                                  U
                                                               3  2
                                                               41
                                                              JC  41
                                                               U  JB
                                                              M  W
                                                               4>

                                                               W
56

-------
described technique, we have  lost no  experiment  due  to failure of the physical
design and both sampling  frequency  and ease  were significantly improved.

     At certain times of  the  year and for  specific  areas,  we  have employed
domes of different overall dimensions to accommodate studies  when either  plant
density and/or biomass was reduced  (e.g.,  "L. marina  mid-winter) or the water
depth prevented placement of  the  1  m  diameter  domes  (e.g.,  shallow,  in shore
II. maritima areas).  For  these  specific  times  aiWor locations, we used
acrylic hemispheres of the same design and construction, except they are  0.5 m
diameter, 0.25 m  in height and  cover  a bottom  area  of 0.19 m^ enclosing 32
liters of water.  For studies using these  smaller domes, water circulation was
provided by stirrers integral to  the  Orbisphere  oxygen probe  body.  Simulated
experiments using Rhodamine WT  as a tracer indicated that  complete mixing was
accomplished by the probe stirrtrs  in a matter of a  few minutes and  sampling
at various "depths" within the  hemisphere  through the syringe ports  indicated
no stratification of the  enclosed water.   The  only  experimental design change
necessitated by using the smaller domes was  that we  did not have the
capability of "pumping out" following placement. To reduce the potential
effects of this,  we placed the  small  domes as  gently as possible when
initiating a study and allowed  the  domes to  "equilibrate"  with ambient water
by leaving all ports open for 30  to 60 minutes before starting the incubation.
Aside  from this,  the designs  using  both  large  and small domes were comparable.

     Total community metabolism was estimated  as the net hourly rate of oxygen
concentration change over various incubation intervals throughout a  study and
for experiments lasting 24 hours  as the net  rate for the diel (24 hour)
period.  For some comparative purposes conversion of the oxygen data to carbon
equivalents was made assuming a community  RQ " 1.0.

     The temporal data sets were  partitioned into the following intervals for
calculating net apparent  02 exchange:

     Morning:             Sunrise  +  1  hr. 1 min.  to  1000 hrs.
     Noon:                1001 hr.                to  1400 hrs.
     Afternoon:           1401 hr.                to  Sunset  - 1 hr.
     Evening:             Sunset - 59  min.        to  Sunset  + 3 hr.
     Night:               Sunset * 3 hr.  1  min.  to  Sunrise +  1 hr.

     The intervals were decided for data summary and analysis following
preliminary data  reduction and  inspection  of oxygen  concentration -  time
curves.  The actual intervals were  established by setting  the "noon" interval
to bound the period of maximum  potential solar radiation (i.e. 1000  to 1400
hrs).  The "morning" and  "afternoon"  intervals were  set according to local
times  for sunrise and sunset  plus or  minus one hour.  The  "evening"  interval
was based on initial studies  that suggested  during  this period oxygen
consumption was stimulated following  the day light  period  and was often double
the night time estimate for total community  respiration.

Area specific rates were  calculated as:
                          lCi+1  -  Oil
                                       -V-  A-l                         (1)
                                       57

-------
     where:    G£ - 02 concentration in mg  1~*,  i " 0,l,2...n  (hour*)

               t • time in hours
               V
-------
           30
           25
       o
       o
       LU
       o:
       u
       a.
       2
       UJ
           20
15

••
••
•o
••
0 ••
•0
••
•
0 •
o
o
o o
00
o
0

o
O 0
oo
o
0 0
o o
0









o
o

o
o


c
0
0

o
o
o
     o
      o
     oo
      o
     oo
      o
     o
           10 r
            5  -
                                                            o =1979

                                                            • =1980
                             90
                                 180

                                DAY
270
360
Figure  2.   Daily water temperature record (all  observations)  at  Vaucluae

            Shores for the period July 1979 through October,  1980.
                                      59

-------
     Figure 3 illustrates the range of variation  and  pattern  of  isolation as
PAR at the site during the study period.  The  interesting  aspect  of  these data
is the extreme range in daily isolation (ca.  10 to  60 E-m~2)  during  the  early
Z_. marina growing season, i.e. spring to early summer.   Climatically,  this is
the time of year the lower Chesapeake Bay area experiences increased rainfall
and cloud cover due to the passage of slow-moving  frontal  systems.   The
theoretical maximum isolation for this latitude is  illustrated by the  dashed
line in the figure.

     Figure 4 presents the mean and standard  deviation for vertical  light
(PAR) attenuation coefficients determined from light  profiles taken  in the
study area.  The mean range over both years was -0.665 to  -2.98 with extreme
values of -0.225 to -8.50.  Minima occurred during  the winter period and
maxima during the spring and early summer months.   The highest attenuation
coefficients and their greatest variability coincided with r.hat  for  the
isolation pattern (Figure 3) and is due in part to  the prevailing climatic
conditions during this period.  The frontal systems mentioned before are
characterized by persistent and at times strong southwesterly winds.  Thus the
study site, Vaucluse Shores, is the windward  shore  under these weather
conditions and experiences increased wave action,  resuspension, and  water
surface elevation.  Conditions within the grassbed  can become particularity
severe when these weather systems are coincident  with spring  tides.   At  these
times, the offshore sandbar provides minimum  protection for damping  wave
energy.  For all dates and areas within the grassbed, the  annual  mean
attenuation coefficient and standard deviation wds  -1.435  (+_  0.511).  There
were no significant differences among vegetated zones although the "L_.  marina
study area was consistently lower than the R_. maritima area (annual  means of
-1.323 _* 0.327 and -1.778 +_ 0.704, respectively).   However, because  mean  water
depth at the R_. maritima site was approximately one-half that at  the Z_. marina
site, PAR reaching the R_. maritima plant canopy was signilicantly greater
under all conditions.

    - Photosynthesis

     Figures 5 and 6 present the results of 1Z*C - photosynthesis  studies  with
Z. marina and II. maritima collected from the  mixed-bed study  site.
Photosynthesis-light relationships for both species generally follow the
rectangular, hyperbolic function.  At low PAR intensities, i.e. _< 10X of
ambient, the relationship is less well defined due  to both analytical  and
sampling variability (i.e. plant tissues in different physiological  states).
Thus, estimation of the light - photosynthesis parameters   ,  I^   and l^  (see
Wetzel, et al. 1982) using first order reaction kinetics was  not  possible for
some data sets.  The results indicate that maximum rates of photosynthesis
(Pmax) differ between species and are temperature or  at least seasonally
related.  Z. marina tends to have equal or higher maximum  rates during the
earlier, cooler months of the growing season  (Figure  5) and R. maritima
generally has higher maximum rates during the warmer  summer and  early fall
periods (Figure 6).

     The data were also analyzed using Caperon's  model (Caperon  et al. 1971)
to estimate various photosynthesis-light paramters.  Table 1  summarizes  the
results of these analyses in terms of Pmax, 1^'  (equivalent to  the
                                       60

-------
            100 r
                                                         THEORETICAL
                                                          MAXIMUM
                                                           (37° N Lot, atmospheric
                                                            tronsmittance, clear sky )
o
_ L  1 	L	
V    A

  90
                                   	J	
                                    M
                                          180
                                          DAY
S    0
 270
i	I
D
 360
Figure  3.  Daily insolation  record  at  Vaucluse Shores for the period July
            1979 through October  1980 and theoretical maximum daily insolation
            (solid line) at latitude 37*N.  and assuming a clear sky and
            atmospheric transmittance of 0.70.
                                       61

-------
     o
     00
                                                                 a «
                                                                ^ •
                                                                 • —i
                                                                 W O
                                                                 C 9
                                                                .25
                                                       to
                                                     _
                                                                 S£
                                                                 o ••*
                                                                   C
                                                                 §9
                                                                 •0
                                                                 e -Q
                                                                 « «i
(T i
Oi
UJi
CO I
o
                                                                 «o 2
                                                                — B
                                                                 « V
                                                                 u u
                                                                *J  O
                                                                 *JS
                                                                 X u
                                                                 S 0 o
                                                                 «J  • JS
                                                                X to w
                                                                 DO
                            cvj
                       J300  NilV  ld3A
                        62

-------
TABLE 1.  CALCULATED 14C-PHOTOSYNTHESIS PARAMETERS FOR RUPPIA MARITIMA AND  ZOSTERA
MARINA EXPERIMENTS.

Temp
Jan 1.0
March 8.5
May 17.5
May 17.5
Aug 28 . 0
Aug 28.0
Sept 22.0
Oct 10.0
X
S.D.
R. i
PmaxT
1.15
3.23
2.86
2.87
4.91
2.81
4.17
3.83
3.23
1.12
naritima
V"
41.8
107.
88.4
127.
152.
232.
211.
220.
147.
58.8
a3
0.014
0.015
0.016
0.011
0.016
0.006
0.010
0.009
0.012
0.004
Z. marina
Pmax
1.60
3.06
2.37
1.68
1.88
1.24
3.84
1.82
2.19
.866
Ik'
9.68
18.3
72.1
67.3
31.2
66.3
188.
23.1
59.5
57.4
X
0.083
0.083
0.016
0.012
0.030
0.009
0.010
0.039
0.035
0.031
PAR4
(pE m"2 sec'1)
766
1533
1557
1717
1827
894
1440
983



 1.  Pmax - mgC g(plant)"1 h"1




 2.  Ifc"  " light  (l;E m~2 sec"1) @  .5  pmax




 3.    a   • Initial Slope, AP/AI




 4.  PAR  - x Photosynthetically Actively Radiation;  1000-1400 hrs.
                                          63

-------
           40-i
                                           29/30  JAN  80
       o
       x
       Q.
40-]
           2 0
                                 2/3   MAY  80
                        LIGHT  INTENSITY  (% Ambient)
Figure  5.  ^. marina (Z) and II. maritima (R) ^C-photosynthesis - Light (PAR)
            response characteristics for the Winter-Spring period.  Clear and
            darkened symbols are replicate experiments; solid and dashed lines
            connect day I and day 2 studies respectively.
                                      64

-------
                                       28/29  AUG 79
            40-|
                                        T"
                         20        40       60       80       100
                          LIGHT  INTENSITY  (% Ambient)
Figure  6.  Z. marina (Z) and II. maritima (R) ^C-photosynthesis - Light  (PAR)
            Response characteristics for the Summer - Fall period.  Clear and
            darkened symbols are replicate experiments;  solid and dashed  lines
            connect day and day 2 studies respectively.

                                      65

-------
                                                                                             .
                                                                                             ;
Michaelis-Menten half-saturation constant, K8  or I  9 0.5  Pmax),  and (X,  the
initial slope,  or AP/AI calculated  for  P at  1^'  and assuming  the  line  passes
through the origin.

     For £. marina and II. maritima,  both Pmax  and Ik'  are temperature related
and the relationship is different  for  the two  species.  Pmax  for £. marina was
generally equal to R_. maritima during  the early  growing season at  colder
temperatures and declined during mid-summer  to approximately one-third  the
maximum estimated rate (1.24 versus  3.84 mgC g(plant)"1 hr~').   Based on these
data, temperature optimum for Z. marina  photosynthesis  is less  than 28°C and
probably is between 22* and 28*C.  Arrhenius  plots  (log P versus reciprocal
temperature) indicated poor correlation  over all  temperatures  (r - -0.25) as
well as for temperatures <^ 22*C (r » -0.49) although the  correlation  obviously
improved.  A possible explanation  for  the latter result is that  the data for
the various temperatures at or below 22*C include two different  growing
seasons, i.e. Fall and Spring.

     Estimated Pmax for jl. maritima  indicated  a  strong  temperature-dependence
with maximum rates occuring at the higher, mid-summer temperatures.
Temperature optimum for R_. maritima  is probably  at  or near 30"C  and obviously
quite different than for Z_. marina.  Arrhenius plots support this  conclusion
wirh a significant correlation between log P and reciprocal temperature (r •
-0.89).  For all data, Pmax for it. maritima was  approximately  1.5  x that for
Z_. marina but differed by as much  as 4 x at  28*0 (August).

     Comparison of the photosynthesis  -  light  parameters  also  suggests
physiological differences between  the  species.  For £.  marina,  I'K is much
lower than for R_. maritina and at  times  by as  much  as an  order of  magnitude.
These data suggest a much lower light  requirement and higher  photosynthetic
efficiency of £. marina.  This conclusion is  supported  by comparison  of the
estimated   values.  For all data, JZ.  marina  light-response at  low intensities
is approximately 3 x that for jt. maritina.

     Overall, the results indicate that  photosynthesis  -  light  relationships
for the two species are significantly  different.  £. marina can  be
characterized by 1) a temperature  optimum in  the range  22" - 28*C, 2) high
photosynthetic efficiency at low light intensity and 3) a Pmax and
light-response characteristic of  'shade' or  low-light plants.   R.  maritima can
be chatacterized by 1) a temperature optimum  at  or  near 30*C,  2T low
photosynthetic efficiency at low light,  and,  3)  a Pmax and light-response
characteristic of "sun" or high-light  plants.

     From these data, our beat estimate  for  photosynthetically saturating
light intensities for Z. marina and  jl. maritima  are 200-300yE m~* sec"  and
600-700UE m~2 see"* respectively.  From a physiological  standpoint these
results fit very well as a causal  explanation  for the characteristic
depth-dependent distribution and zonation patterns  of lower Chesapeake  Bay
grassbeds (see Chapter  1, this report; Orth  et al.  1982).

Total Community Oxygen Metabolism

     A total of 42 community oxygen  metabolism studies were carried out at the
study site during the period July  1978 through September  1980  using the dome
                                       66

-------
enclosure*.  Our major efforts  focused  on  the mono*pecifie,  Z.  marina and It.
maritima dominated communities  (31 or 742  of the  total number of  studies).
The remainder of the studies were carried  out in  the mixed-bed  community
(five), sand patch or bare substrate areas within the  grassbed  (four),  and  on
two occasions outside the graasbed on the  offshore sandbar.  The  only studies
carried out without stirring the domes  (i.e. the  first enclosure  technique
tried) were conducted in July 1978.  All other  studies had water  circulation
provided by modified bilge pumps either  integral  with  the domes (October 1978
through July 1979) or using the surface-stationed pumps  (August 1979  through
September  1980).

     The Zostera marina dominated community

     Table 2 summarizes the net apparent rate of  oxygen  production  or
consumption in  the Z_. marina dominated  community  for various intervals  over
the course of the experiments.  Maximum  rates of  net apparent oxygen
production occured during the noon intervals reflecting  the  strong  dependence
on light.  The  noon rate estimates ranged  from  -18.1 to  +663. mg02  m~*  h"1
with the minimum estimate occuring in late summer (August) and  the  maximum
estimate occuring in spring (April-May).   Water temperatures at these times of
year average about 27*C and 16*C respectively in  "L_. marina dominated  areas  of
the grassbed.   These data suggest temperature dependance during all seasons
except summer.  Arrhenius plots (log rate  vs. reciprocal temperature) and
simple linear regression of the transformed data  indicates that net apparent
noon oxygen production is directly correlated with water temperatures 
-------
X""



H
^

>4
H
Z
p

O
u
0
e
^^
z
1

z
06
1
H
C/J
O
N
U
X
H
CQ
•
• M
a z
en cj
as
— »— *
^,
»
M SM
-o <
Z 03
SB U
o E2
x 5
aJ u
a.
z <
U CO
U u)
9- X
X U
0
otf
bu Ii3
O 3
^5
CO _1
H -
•* en
as
2 °
M CO
CO
U]
Z VD
Z 0
s <
5 ^


.
CN
-U
_]
<
H












































































^•N
1
s
14
IJ*
1


^
S
u
O

NO  -H
U u
0) CO
u u
e a
_l Q








4)
tf
a






i i i

^
O ON CM

00 ^ ON
CM o m

CM 00 f»
— -* -*
1 1 C tn en ao en CN
II in . o ^ oo —
— r» — m _^
1 m i i
•~*





^^
^ _ ON x^
II »O >j m ^ r^ oo
CM CM ^f f-> O -*
CM — 1 ^ CM —
•*s •**•


^* >^s
ON ao ^
\O en r» ** en CM
v-t (7\ _• QO \o -^
^> *~* CM N.X ^O •-•
^^f





O ^
O O en
• • * *
>^ ^^ o •^i* -^ m
•^ 1 M? 1 >42
-« •w' >H/ «M^ 1 |


in in o o
CN — O O
^ OO *** ^ -— s CN *-*
— • ^N om —in — O
l o i m i ~» i CM
in ^ o •• in •• o ••
^ •• CM in ^ P* >^ \o
Mm *o — -^ ^^-•
S
» 00 >,

s
TO — 1 4J 1
r» 3 u u
-1 O tx
3 ^^ »»O
~) CM — . —
^ TO in o
CM CM — ro
,-v^
•* en •—
CM • •
^ O —
^3 CM ^n
^^ • • I

l * i .

<-^ ^v
NO m O

O CM r>
-^ CM — —

• m vO en
CM • . . |
CM CM en O
v^ m CM en


o «* in
II en /-> en CM
l ^ 1
^
oo .
-3 CM ~> OO
^f ^^ ^^ i^ lO co o ^^
*^ **-v
•**** w* *£) CO
••^ ^5 ^^ ^^ ^1 ^1 ^^ PO
^3 r^* OO ^^ ^3 C^ O^ 3O
0*"> — » f*^ "^-i* »^
s^





^^
C*
> .
O ^N ^
CM 1 CM
II —


m O o o
m oo <•> o< ^ CM ^«
T in i — i CM i O
3 O m •• 'n -• o ••
>J.. — CM -*O O-*
— • >J OCM CMCM CMCM
•~ *-* — >— -• -~> — ^*

O ON ON
fst ^* r^

ON BO O. u
r>. 3 01  ^N
m CM

2 00

0 <»
• •
en — .


O
in ON
CM en
7 ^

.*
t^ f*^
CM CM
CM -^






^^
0
oo in
O CM




^^
Ot
oo —
oo m
^- ^^






**^
CM CM,
• .
oo m
-» «n
i ^^


1-

T —
m ••
^ ^
en CM
— ^

O
00

J^
4?
U.
in
•~
^
— «
                                                                 68

-------



















































/— s
a

5i

H
O
U



CS

U]
_J
09
^J
H





































































^N
T
a

V
1.*
1

3
y
O
m
ofi
0*5
0-




m
Z



•"•NfO
• U
ttl
C/l
l-f
£
CM
1
" Z
CM<
O
00
a
1 X
CM
C
O
O
Z

c
u.
o
£
^^
— . c
(0 O
> *v4
U 44
0) "J
4J U
C 3
1-1 a










41
44
^
O
00 CM ov «-N m O O
m CM \o -* co co CM
. CO . . *
f- — CM ^^ CO 00 ^
O — CM ON •* — m
in ...
•— «— CM ' «•" •"» *-•
1 1 1 — 1 1 II
c^ 00 ^^ in \o f^ ^™
00 • NO . .
CM • CM O — ON
— CM in CM CO CO CM
VO 00 — CO r«. vO CM
o m oo o 9\ o
CM -^ — — 1 1 1 •**
o o
• • p"*
O O — x-»
CO 1
II 1 *^




^*. x-v x-> ^ 1^ S-*
r» r» CM O • • • m
voao mo O>co — ON vc3 — — •
f- CO CM CO 00 CO — **^ ^^ ^s CM ^
CM <^ CM v^ 1 — . | I — ^.


x^ x^ ^ -^ ^-»
^^ c^ f— ^o **•
ONOO cM>a inco \om CM>O
r*» ^f ^^ "^ f* (*^ r^* c^j CM in
CM^ — N-' 1 1 — >-<• — \^ CM—'
o -o
. . . .
***4 m co oo
o< CM ao co
— —•I) l| 1 | CM — >
O O O O -X> O
O O CM fo O O
>O ^^ in '-N oo /.^ >A? O ^^ ON ^^
— in — o —• o — '-* ^- — o ^
lin (in ICM IO (in tin
in •• o •• O •• o in in .. m »>
"^ CM i~. ^f ^^ fi^ "^ •* ."• CM (3 fO
f*. c*j »^ CM ^^ •• • ^^ m ™ ^ CM ^^ CM
^rt ^.^ <— * N«/ -V. >»/ ^M *^r —* ^^ ^ s^



00 0
O 0
_O U 00 OO — I
4) CB O -5
u. je e =o c -i
3 3
— O ~) C 1 !-•
 "-O "^*
O ON "^ "*-. ^
CM — * CM fo in — *
r-
cs
•
f»
CM

IH4
1
— CM
. .
••* s-^ ^* •&
— 1 1 CM
CM m in vO
^^oo oo <*>
CM CO CO ^

CM CM

~« ON *^ •^
CO CO vO '^
^M N^^ f^ *^
1 1
5 -
•-^ r^ f* co
•» -~f — CO
CM CM — •
1 1




-* O
• co •
O CM —  x^ m *-*
O O o m
1 to \ ^
0 -. CM ••
O CM O ON
ON CM O —
O *-> — ^



O O
00 OO

00 04
3 3
*^ ^

O —
CM CM
-s^ -^
ON 1^
— CM
69
                                                 y

-------










































































s-^
a
u
z

z
3




p"i

3
OQ
J$

























































































r».
_
'g
^
N
1.*
1


*••*
6
c;
O
in
os
< OS
0. <
ft.
*-*




in
Z








•**N^
• Ed
U

cn

•— •
„
i
p^

CM
I
gco
Z
CM <
0

t*
e

1 X
CM,
C
o
o
z






^—
B
u
O
X


—• B
> ••*

4-1 U
e 3
i-i Q









41
<-l
a

_
°1
CM

.
^—
1

X-N ^"s
NO CO
• CM
m i
>H^ >••*
*". "".
CM r»



CM ^t |
• • • * o-l •
•^ CM 00 ON • \O
in •— -a* — oo ao
— <~> — CM CM
1 1 II



^>
— O 1

CM ^ co co ro r^
~ — in \O 3D CM
CM ^ — in CM
1 1 1









P-* >~*
O — CM -* 1

^3 if\ ~* L^ vO vO
^i ^^ ^^ ^9 r^
^-^ ^- CM
1



x-\
r^ O tN
• • • • • I
— O O ^- OO f^
iQ ^O ^^ >^ irt \O
— v_, CM 1 >O







CO CM CM
CM ff\ 30 O
II xO CO -* CM
1 CO

CM
O CM
1 
4)
« 0
Ui . «-
(0 ^"^
CL 4J (0
V B 41
 41 —
41 CO
•-*  w
O C
- U 41
C — '
O • x *-* at e
4j ^v 4) 4^ 4} C
X u u X 4| Vi O
41 X 4t 4W > 41 —
M 4J V &J l*rf CQ
4) «> 4) u u ••* 3
41 41 ^^ 4) < "D C
Id 41 «B 4> 4)
^^ 0) I-M S^ 4> >>» k« U
%_* (0 ID — o *J
to — u co a
U >4J U "3 — *J ic
o 4) •-< Ij * W •W -21
E 4J C t> JS ~i
•-I C C ••< <-l 4J 4-1
•-< O 6 6 C —
00 5 oo- -• >, 4) CO
B X B B e» OB u
•^ co hi ••* 4J O 41 ••«
UT34JIXIOOOQ.1-
•3 .^ VM > -^ .C 41 V
ziz^ciizeu u>

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

B B
U O OS H
O O Z < J<
s z < u z a. i

~* CM fO «^ IA *O r*^
70

-------
o
If)
                                                                                               IT)
                                                                                               ift
                                                                                               o
                                                                                                               >   •   hi
                                                                                                               hi  >,  O
                                                                                                               41  U  «-l
                                                                                                               tJ •**
                                                                                                               C  B  4J
                                                             E  B     u
                                                             O  O  *J •
                                                                §U  •   'O **  9
                                                                                                                      41  hi
                                                                                                                      hi  41
                                                                                                                      cr  41
                                                                                                                 Ck  •
                                                                                                              •-  w

                                                                                                              B  •     hi
                                                                                                              41  3 -O  4)
                                                                   O  41
                                                                   M  w
                                                                                                              41
                                                                                                              hi
                                                                                                              9
    O
    ro
	_i  	

          O

          (\J
                       (  u o ou )
                                          71

-------
                                                  Zostera
1250-

1000-


750-



500-
—
1
^

~ 250-
E


O
E



-250-


-500-
-250-

-1000-


( 1978-1980)
0

0
o

• 0
o
o • o« o
0 0
o oo o
o* oo« o o
• 0« • 0 O O •
o • • o o
• o • o o • oo • o o
• • 00 *«O •
•o o • o o o* • oo • •
0» • O O O 00 O
o • • «•• •
• 0 OO
o
o •
0 • •
•
o
0

o NOON
• AFTERNOON

I 1 1 1 1
0 90 180 270 360
DAY
Figure  8.   Scatter plot of mean daily  noon and afternoon rates  of net
            apparent 02 productivity  in the Z^. marina dominated  community
            versus calendar day.
                                     72

-------
TABLE 3.  AREAL RATE OF Z. MARINA  COMMUNITY  02  PRODUCTION OR
CONSUMPTION INTEGRATED OVER THE DAILY INTERVAL FOR ALL DOME
ENCLOSURE EXPERIMENTS. ENTRIES ENCLOSED BY PARENTHESES WERE
ESTIMATED FROM POINT MEASURES.
Date
July
Oct,
May,
June
July
Aug.
Sept
Oct,
Feb.
Mar,
Apr,
June
July
Aug.
Sept

, 1978
1978
1979
, 1979
, 1979
1979
, 1979
1979
1980
1980
1980
, 1980
, 1980
1980
, 1980
Morn
570.
12.
(2600)
967.
(3383)
1492.
(1354)
(1239)
242.
(345.)
808.
(1446)
1168.
153.
(376.)
Noon
1264.
808.
2652.
468.
1228.
1444.
1456.
1332.
928.
768.
1264.
700.
424.
184.
404.
nig 02 «
AN
960.
176.
824.
838.
400.
781.
523.
490.
649.
702.
572.
-533.
421.
-420.
0.
? 1
»~* interval"1
Even Night
-628.
-68.
-2332.
-840.
-
(-1500)
-780.
532.
128.
0.
-1356.
-1428.
-1348.
-916.
-848.
-445
(-687)
-1291
-1441.
-
-2012.
-1397
-687.
-788.
-1240.
-2341.
-1337.
-1905.
-1229.
-1494.
r
1721.
241.
2453.
-8.
-
105.
1156.
2906.
1159.
575.
-1053.
-577.
-1240.
-2228.
-1562.
                                        73

-------
plant tissue would be  in  equilibrium with  the  surrounding water «t  the ti»« of
dome placement.  If the apparent depression  in the  afternoon  rates  is  a
function of internal cycling which hypothetically  is  concentration  dependant,
then afternoon rates determined on the  plant community  having been  exposed to
different ambient oxygen  concentrations and  thus different internal storage
concentrations should  be  different.  The results of this  study indicated  that
there was no significant  difference in  afternoon rate estimates dependant on
time of dome placement although ambient oxygen <-oncentrationt ranged between
7.00 and 18.0 mg  -1 depending on the time ot  day  the domes were set.   If the
assumption that gases  rapidly equilibrate  between  lacunae and external water
is correct, internal cycling does not appear t' explain the apparent afternoon
depression.  For the second possibility we amended  the  domes  in situ with
various combination and concentrations  of  NH ,  NO.  and  PO ,.   Although the
data are not yet fully analysed, preliminary results  suggest  that the  response
maj; be nutrient-related,  i.e. nutrient  amendments  to  incubation water  using
N0_ and Nil, tend to increase the estimated rates.   There  is no indication of
what mechanism(s) may  be  involved as there appears  to be  no measurable
difference in response between single treatments using  either NO- or NH
versus the combination.   With regard to third  possibility, we have  not
attempted any studies  at  this time but  at  least for soybean Nafziger and
Koller (19/6) have demonstrated the influence  of leaf starch  concentration on
photosynthesis.  Overall, the mean annual  afternoon rate  was  91.2 (_+ 35.4) mg
©2 m~2 h~' or 34.2 mgC m~* which is approximately  one half the annual  mean
estimate for the noon  rate.

     Estimates of total community respiration  show a  typical, temperature-
related response with  a minimum of 28.1 mg 02  m~^  h~* occuring in February at
6.5*C and a maximum of 286 mg 02 m~2 h~' occuring  in  July at  27*C.   Simple
linear regression of Arrhenius plots supports  this  and  indicates a  strong
correlation between in situ temperature and  estimated night respiration (r
"-0.83).  Comparison of night and early evening estimates suggests  that
community respiration  is  stimulated at  higher  temperatures immediately
following the photoperiod and at these  times is not a good estimate for total
community respiration.  We attribute this  response  to the vascular  plant
rather than any diel characteristic of  heterotrophic  metabolism occuring  in
the grassbed.  It would also appear that the stimulated rates are
metabolically related  to  the vascular plant  rather  than physically-chemically
controlled (i .*.. diffusion processes).   The  stimulated  evening rates measured
at summer temperatures do not correlate with either in  situ oxygen
concentration or light available during the  photoperiod (discussed  in  greater
detail in the following section on light and community  metabolism
interaction).  Mean annual estimates  for evening and  night respiration are
-153. (+63 S.E.) and -1-.8 (^19.4 S.E.)  mg  02 m~* h~l  respectively and  are not
significantly diffetent although the ranges  are quite different.  This is due
to the evening estimates  including rate measurements  made during part  of  the
photoperiod and the apparent stimulation occuring  only  at the higher,  summer
temperatures.

     Estimates for early  photoperiod or morning rates,  although relatively few
in comparison to the oth*r interval.!, generally tended  to be  lower  than
corresponding afternoon  intervals. Thp  <>fffctive photoperiod  for the morning
interval is probably less than the afternoon interval due to  the approximate

-------
north-south orientation  of  the  graasbed  and  the eastern border of forreated
land.  The annual mean estimate for  the  morning interval  is 62.3 ( + 39.2 S.E.)
     m   h~l or  approximately 25Z  of the annual mean afternoon rate.
     Figure 9  illustrates  the  annual  behavior for all  rate measurements by
interval with  the mean  daily  temperature  over the duration of the experiments
indicated.  The data  suggest  that  net apparent community 02 productivity is
binodally distributed over the year.   Productivity peaks in mid to late spring
and again in fall.  Water  temperatures in and around 15*C appear to be near
optimum.  During mid-summer and at temperatures between 23* and 27*, net
apparent community 02 productivity is reduced and the  "L. marina community as a
whole  is heterotrophic  (Table  3).   Temperature stress  is suggested as the
principal mechanism accounting for this result together with increased
heterotrophic  activity.

     The R. maritime  Dominated Community

     Table 4 summarizes  the net apparent  rate of oxygen production or
consumption in the shallow, R,.  maritima dominated community.  As for "L_.
marina, maximum rates of net  apparent 02  productivity  were generally
associated with the noon interval  throughout  the growing season.  Estimates
ranged  from a  minimum of 90.6  (_* 108. S.E.) mg02 m~2 h~* in October (15.4*C)
to a maximum of 536 (_+  83.4 S.E.)  mg02 m~2 h~^ in July (26.3*C).  Arrhenius
plots  and simple linear  regression of the transformed  data (Figure 10)
indicate temperaturt.-dependance for noon  estimates (r  "-0.771).  As opposed  to
J5. marina, the temperature-dependance appears to hold  throughout the range  of
measured in situ temperatures  (15.7 to 28.1"C).   Although we have measured
temperatures in the shallow areas  as  high as  32 to 33*C, whether _R. maritima
is temperature stressed  at  these higher temperatures is not known.   These data
suggest that temperature optimum for  net  apparent 02 productivity and the
tolerance range is higher  for  It. maritima than Z_. marina.

     Morning rate estimates were equal to or  greater than noon estimates in
several studies.  In  1979,  morning rates  were equal  to or greater than noon
estimates only in late  summer-early fall.  In 1980,  the situation was
reversed, i.e. morning  rates equalled or  exceeded noon estimates during the
early growing  season.   Morning estimates  ranged from a minimum of -98.7 (+_
70.3 S.E.) mg02 m~2 h'Un  April (16.4*C)  to a maximum  of 493 C+233 S.E.) Tn
mg02 ™   h   August (27.9*C).   Combining  all  data, mean annual  rates were 184
(+ 50.0 S.E.)  and 266 (^48.9  S.E.) mg02  m~2  h"1 for morning and noor
intervals respectively.

     ..s opposed to the  "L_. marina community studies,  afternoon rates were
alw£/s depressed relative  to morning  and  noon interval  rates (Figure 11).
Afternoon interval net  apparent 02 productivity estimates ranged from a
minimum of -514 (*^ 316)  in  July to a  maximum  of 103  (*8.30) in June.   The
highest afternoon depression occurred during  midsummer and indicated net
community 02 consumption under  otherwise  optimum temperatures and favorable
light conditions.  Testing  this result in the same way as for the apparent
depression in  Z. marina  afternoon  rates during mid-summer,  there was no
significant correlation  between rate  estimates and oxygen concentration or
time of dome placement.  We must assume at this  point  that  the  apparent
                                      75

-------
  uj •  0
76

-------










H
•«
H
Z
g
J£
3u
O
U

o
w
(•*
<;
Z
I— i
O
a

«gj
3EZ
H-<
H
il

^
I-H
CL.
a.
3
a:
H
>• *
03 .
x-» 2
• Z
a HH
• 0
en as

iJ 5-
•J <
<*
53
>< <:
a.
z •<
U CO
*J Ijj
>* T*
•x u
o
OS

0 3
o
'.0 J
Id
H -
rf CO
=2 id
02
3 O
H X
T1 "•"

ii)
Z VJ
-I =>
Z U

g >



^
CL OS
<(J
a.
""



z







u








y
<2





c
5
z





c
k.
0






— c
CO O
> •-<
W Lf
IV m
4-1 U
C 3
-i a








D

CO

a
CO
^
— m
CM
_ .
I O

r— CM
ON —

O —
lilt



-» CN
• *
in *o
CM ^« r-. *-. OPO
en N-^ CN ^-* ro '*-' <*i ^^*
l l 1^1 i ||





^ ^-N O ^^ "-N
^\ C7N f*^ • • • • ^
• • • * N^ f^ %^ ^^ \Q {J\
00 tf\ ro OO *^ ^O ^^ ^"* * *
3030 O^- CN"-' mm CNQO
i — ' — i i ^x — ^
^^ -^ O c^
mo \oro Ooo O*^
l cN^-'in>-'^^^— >^




*-"s *— S ^^« -—\ O >""* ^~".
^O f^t r^ ro ^D ^^ CM • • •
, . . • . tr\ r* ' m
CN sO OO O 00 O *^ CN -^ C^ CO CO
™* ^^ ^^ r*» r** ••" oo r*^ «^ &• CN
^^ I ^— ' s— * CN s*^' ^-^ *^ **^




i/> O O O "^ O
CN m "n o — O
C5 *"^ CO •-^11 ^™ •*^i» 30 *~ "^ l^ **^ -^ ^^
— iO o ^ — O O O -^ *^ — ""^
IO ics l(-o IO 1— 1 —
O •• IT* -. O •• O •• O •• O ••
CNt-"t CNO O-t O O '^-^ .~N_^



5 ^ ? ^ S S
u u c — • — « oo
O. Q. 3 3 3 3
^ *tl ^^ *™5 ""} ^
OO ^^ «^ 30 ~ "JQ
(Nl IN CN — " fN
•^^ "^ *^* "^. *- - ""^
r** CO ro r** "" i ^
CN CN CN — • •< -N

O
m
r^
^~
*
j-U
*^s
^
f^.
m
CN
i


^
^•
P^
,
00

p-

-*
CM


^
O m
. <
— m
ON —







i i





^
in P^
. .
sO O
vO "^
1 "*-*

^-^
m
m m
— N.>




X— s
^
• .
— CN
\^ \Q
CM ^^




O
m —^
— 0
1 CO
O ••
CO .*
c
CM
•*^
in
CM

CN
vD

O
1

s-^
^
.^

ON



_,
ON
m
»
CN
^^
^
in

CO



o
.
00
CO
1 1


f.

vD
vO
1 1






O

O
CN
1


sO '^
O ao
ON O

"""'








1 1




O
CO
CO
— 0
1 CO
o ••
"O >»
CM CM
~~ v^



ON
u
(J
O
m
CM
**^
^
CM



S-* ^^
r- ao
CO —
, ,
*~s >^s
00 O
CM •—

r~ v~
1 1


^ ^^
00 O
• •
ON >»
CN CO
*^ v^
CO CO

O in
in m


,^
• vO
CM cn
O •
CM NO
1 v-/


• CM
-^ .
— *O
•" 
— CN
1 CO
O ••
-o ~1-
CO CM
*-^ *~*




00

X
j;

30

P-.
Ti

-------


































































































-•"—•v '
n 1
Cd
o
3

O
Z
p
^^ ,



^

f_J
>—]
CO
^*
H
















1
B
x-/
M
1.*
1

^
U
O
in.
o: 
a. as
ft.
^



z





M


z
^






C
o
o
z

c

o



^x
— c
RJ 0
Uj tj
sU flj
w U
C 3
<~> Q











41

nj
O

CM NO r~-
• co in
O *-* v-^
— 00 —
CM CM
t — CM
1 1
CM .-•./-.
CM O\ in
• • •
\O <^ CM
NO vO O1^
CO O 00
>* CM CM
,^
oo
00 •
• m
— en
r^ N.^ II I)
1
^
NO
5 5
-* ^ ii it
r^.
• • •—• 30
•* a -CM
CM m ON —
CM NH' r^ ^^^ i i
I

-•^ «^»
CM r^
• • •
' O5 ^N 5\
o m P» n \o
CM CM CM















•* 1 O
• • • .
— O\ CM OO
fN, •-* 
-------
o
ro
          	  	1	
                    If)
           (uoou)     u      LU   V)  6 01   6 o I
                         i -     e-
|0     o
i        L

!        i
                                                                    O    —
                                                                  I
                                                                                          u  o
                                                                                        G  O
                                                                                        O
                                                                                        O  T3
                                                                                        C  41
                                                                                        *J  T3  C
                                                                                        U  u
                                                                                        3 -H
                                                                                       •O  M
                                                                                        O  «
                                                                                        u  B
                                                                                        a
                     «J JB  V
                     C U  <->
                     V
                     i< e  ti
                     « -H  «t
                     a.     «
                     Q. II  C
                     « ki  -H
                        9  — i
                     AJ 4J
                     V w O. H   •
                     O R  •«  »
                        41  •  41
                     W U      hi
                     O     <03
                     <-> M  •"  U
                     CX. 41      «
                        w  41  b
                     • «  C  41
                     3 9  -H  O.
                     •^4     f»«  Q
                     a «      4>
                     D  3  T3  J->
                     JC «  — <
                     Ui ki  —I --
                     ki 41  O •-"
                     < >  tn  tt
                     u

                     M)
                     .,4
                     U.
                                     79

-------
         1000-i
                                                   Ruppia
                                                  (1978-1980)


750-




o
• oo
o
o o o
o
500 -1 oo o


o
o
i O O O O •
o o o o
0 0
250- o o •
_ oo o o o • o
i 0
~ o« •
• • • 0
oo • O • • •
E 0-

_ ^ _ _ ^ DO
* * -
• • • • «o
o~ i . • o :
i • O •
f -250 -j
         -sooH
         -750 -i
        -1000
              J
o  NOON

•  AFTERNOON
                                       o

                                       r-
                                     I
                                            I
90     120    150
                                     180    210

                                      DAY
                                I       I       1
                               240    270   300
Figure 11.  Scatter plot  of mean daily noon and afternoon rates  of net
           apparent 02 productivity  in the R. maritime dominated community
           versus calendar day.
                                   80

-------
depression which appears more  characteristic  for the  R_.  maritima community
results from either an  internal,  physiological  or metabolic  property of the
macrophyte or  limitation by  factor(s)  not  measured or included in the
experimental design.  Mean annual  net  apparent  02 productivity for the
afternoon interval was  -65.8 (*_ 56.2)  mg02 m~^  h"*.

     As for the Z_. marina community  study, evening interval  estimates for net
apparent Q£ consumption were higher  on all occasions  except  one (July 1980)
than estimated night  time community  respiration.   The apparent stimulation of
community 02 consumption in  the early  evening following  the  photoperiod was
much more pronounced  in the  R_.  maritima community and was  generally double the
nighttime community respiration estimate.   On one occasion (August 1980), the
early evening  rate exceeded  nighttime  respiration by  a factor  of six.  The
highest rate or strongest depression tended to  be associated with the highest
net apparent 02 noon  productivity  estimates.    Simple linear regression of all
paired noon and evening interval  rate  estimates indicate a significant inverse
correlation (r • 0.871).  As for  the apparent afternoon  depression in the _R.
maritima community, causal factors are not known although  the  data suggest it
is coupled to  plant photosynthesis and respiration and not a heterotrophic
component of the community.

     Total community  respiration  as  estimated by the  night interval
determinations (Table 4) indicate  a  typical temperature-dependent response.
Arrhenius plots and simple linear  regression  of the  transformed data indicate
a significant  correlation (r =-0.758)  between estimated  total  community
respiration and temperature.  Combining all data, the mean annual rate of
respiration is 131  (*_ 19.4 S.E.)  mg  Q£ m~2 h~^  or approximately one half the
overall mean rate of  265 (^44.1)  mg )^ m~^ n"1 f°r  tne  evening interval.

     The Co-dominated R. maritima and  Z. marina Community

     Table 6 summaizes  net apparent  02 production or  consumption at the
intermediate depth, !l.  maritima and  Z_. marina co-dominated community.   The
studies, though fewer in comparison  to the number of  experiments conducted in
uonospecific stands of  II. maritima or  Z. marina, cover principal times in the
growing season of both  species.   From  the  discussion  and presentation of
results before, it  is apparent  that  tne behavior of 02 production or
consumption in the mixed grassbed  results  from  the combined  characteristics of
the two species.  The data are  too limited to determine  correlative indices
for temperature or  light dependance.  Maximum rates of net apparent 02
productivity were associated with  morning  and noon intervals,  the higher
morning rates  probably  reflecting _R. maritima influence.  Depression of rates
were not as clearly indicated  for  either afternoon or evening  intervals and
when a depression was indicated in the data,  it was not  as severe as for
estimates in the R. maritima or Z. *narina  community  alone.

     Combining all  data by interval, mean  annual  estimates of  community 02
production or  consumption are  summarized by vegetated community type in Table
7.  The results indicate the overall response of the  mixed grassbed community
and suggest that in comparison  to  the  monospecific macrophyte  communities net
apparent 02 productivity extends  through a longer portion  of the photoperiod
as a result of species  specific  responses, afternoon  depression in apparent
                                       81

-------
rates is less severe and evening  and  night  time  interval  estimates  for
community 02 consumption are intermediate.   From these  studies,  though limited
in comparison, the data suggest that  production-consumption relationships as
estimated by 02 exchnage maybe more evenly  distributed  not  only  over a diel
period but over an annual cycle as well  in  these co-dominated  communities.

     Non-vegetated Substrates

     Table 8 summarizes our relatively  few  studies  on non-vegetated  sediments
both within and adjacent to the Vaucluae Shores  study area.   Bare sediments
(i.e. sand patches) within the grassbed  have rates  of community  02 production
and consumption much lower (on most occassions by nearly  an order of
magnitude) than vegetated zones.  Extremely high rates  were determined on one
occasion, July 1979, when an observable  plankton bloom  occurred  in the water
column. For our nearly three continuous  years of study  in this area, we have
observed this on only one occasion and  include it in the  data  to indicate the
potential though apparently infrequent  range of  values  possible.  Bare
substrates outside the grassbed (sandbar) were low  and  indicated net 02
consumption at high summer temperatures  and low  but net 02  production in
October during the day.

Interaction between Light (PAR) and Net  Apparent Community  02  Productivity


     A total of eighteen in situ  plant  community-light  response  studies were
conducted during 1980 in the three principal vegetation zones  at the Vaucluse
Shores study site.  The majority, eleven, were carried  out  in  the £. marina
dominated community and encompassed a temperature range of  6.5*0 to  28"C which
covers the mid-winter to late  summer  period (February through  September).
Five studies were carried out  in  the  jl.  maritima dominated  community from the
late spring throughout the principal  summer growing season  (May  through
September).  Two studies were  conducted  in  the co-dominated Z_. marina - jl.
maritima community; one at 20*0 (May) near  the optimum  temperature  for "L,
marina and one at 27*C (J -ly)  near the  optimum temperature  for R. maritima.

     The Z. marina Dominated Community

     Figure 12 illustrates the results  for  net apparent 0->  productivity (NAP)
versus PAR at the plant canopy top  for  experiments  conducted during  the winter
anri spring seasons.  NAP during these periods shows a response to increasing
PAR typical of the  light-photosynthesis  interaction.  For these  data, we have
assumed  th. t  the response  is best described by a rectangular hyperbola and
used the linearized  form of the Michaelis-Menten function to estimate the
various  descriptive  parameters  for  the  response  curve using least squares.

     Net apparent community productivity light-saturates  between 0.5 and 1.0 E
m"^"1 or approximately 140 and 280 ^E  tn"^"1 during  this period of  the
growing  season.  Calculated maximum  net rates for all  studies generally were
i;i the range  200 to  300 rag 02  m~2h~l.  Table 9  summarizes the descriptive
parameters  for the  response curve in  terms  of the initial slope  (o<)   light
level at the  estimated half-saturated rate  (l£), and  the  estimated maximum net
apparent rate of 02  production (NAPmax).  Estimated NAPmax is approximately
200 mg 02 nT2h~' for all studies  and  increases only slightly over the 6*C to
                                       82

-------
H
•— <
Z
Z
r
o
o

a
UJ
33
1
Q
UJ
X
2
SI

en
O
N
«g
»_t
Du
ftl
"~i
0£
a
u
H
Z
t— 4
r

a
i
0
u
UJ
X
H
CO -K

.*•"> ^C
> H^
O Z
• t— 4
C/3 O
a:
~* t-H
+i>
"^ .
UJ >•
0 <
z CQ
<
u 2
X <
UJ UJ
a,
z <:
UJ C/3
O ul
>- 3S
X 0
o
OS

O 3
O
V2 «-J
UJ
r-* •»
M UJ
2^
r> o
H S
'-' VJ
'.O
UJ
Z V3
*-< _J
Z "-J

UI <<
2 >



^

UJ
_J
oa
«^
f-*


































































































^
I
E


N
I.*
1






5
o.







z








^"^ UJ

UJ
CO
1
•f
^ ^
1
^

CM
1 Z
E <

CN
O
ac
E

1 X
c
o
z








c
u
o
r;


^,
— c
nj o
> '*^
u u
u  S °^ CM
1 O

r- CM co o
•* CM O ON
• * • •
— cs — o
1 1 1 1 1



:*™\ S~\ S*^
00 ^^ ^"^ i^ ^^
O a- oo ...
* • ^ ITN ^M r^x
 3O '"^
— o — o — /-v ,— o om
( — 1 O IO 1 CN 1 CN
O •• O •• O D in . O ••
iO co ro -^ cN •• co co •"* -^
incN incN — in -— CN OO O O
P-. 00 00
O
*• —
1 I





I

00 O CM •*
CM CO >O CM
— CM





1
CM CO
. > . .
m oo m m
3 ^^" (O ^3
CM ro






0)
00
U3 C
• m
IX -J) 06




























































































































































,
01
c
o
'jj
m

>
o»
jQ

re

2
g
3
^
0


1*4
O

c
o
'^
re
c
TO

Q.
X
1'

U
1^

rsi

a.1
^~
r:
n
f-

i>
01
•J)
*


-------
TABLE 7.  MEAN ANNUAL  ESTIMATES  OF  NET APPARENT 02 PRODUCTION OR CONSUMPTION
          (rag 02 tn~2 h"1  •«•  S.E.)  BY INTERVAL AND COMMUNITY TYPE AT VAUCLUSE
          SHORES.

Interval
Community
Z . ma r i 11 a

R. marl t ima

Mixed

Morn
62.3
(39.2)
184.
(50.)
305.
(78.2)
Noon
230.
(41.0)
266.
(48.9)
128.
(3U.6)
AN
91.2
(35.4)
-65.8
(56.2)
-37.0
(40.6)
Even
-153.
(63.0)
-265
(44.1)
-178
(10.5)
Night
-148.
(19.4)
-131
(19.4)
-133.
(34.2)
                                        84

-------
(d
*s
3
Id
5!
CO
Id
X
0

OS
J
•h
w
06
O
*
CO
td
CO
3
J
U
3
<
S
CO
Ed
H
i
O6
H
co
5
CO
0
Id
H

H
U
0
Id
>
1
Z
o
JM
03
^^ I

a
CO
•—4
+ 1
^
z
•jj
o
s
tx
0
co
UJ
H
3S*.
<:
3 >-<
H Z
CO C_5
as
z -
»_< >

•J? •»
3 >-
M <
T OQ
.TO
Ed
J
CQ
fS




,
1
B
'w-'

N
IJ*
1




3
eu



z




Cd
*^
(d
•
CO
•H
^s

™*
1
£
CM
'•3
CM
J
00
B

1 X
c
o
o
z




c
U
^



1 —• c
 — '
w «^
V n)
U U
e 3
- a
! — '




«l
^
*
0

C
o
• t-4 ^^>
••^
,^s 4U *^
CT> « —
O *J
• B •*
^
r^ • **
*-t 4pJ r^
-1 oa i i i C ; ^
— <»• C7> •*
m CM "I 1 M ^
^^ ***^
^ 00 ^
(^> CM u"> • • •*
, . . r*» m **
_ 0 & _ _ • ^
ts, rv _ (N *^ ff> I
|| | >_x 1 11^-'^


^^
^x CO
CO ^ O CT> • • O
. o • •* * — • _'
^ . oo • vo >n c^
7S fS ?" . 7








^^ ^N
x-. O •* >* — ">
CM vO f^ -» \o  « m "-»
ooi >* r« o -* m -< -« vO 1
|JxC»v| £>-<-<—' >^CM«-'
N.X



OO ^^ ^^»
. ^ o >O
c^ • • •
r*» C7^ vO O
— , co en II
^^ *™^

tf\ m ^* o »n O
^ ^ 0 "1 •* "
1 A .. o .. m •• en •• O -» O ••
OCM 0-* e^-* ^^ °" 2£
2^ !C^ 2d S3 55 22

co
[d
2 S E £ =
1 5 S S ^ 1 S S
w "5 « « S"^
^5 ^5 * en «> «
to S S P «•* «« r*
T3 «^ »^ v f^ ***** ^*^
5^T i1 S-Z ^ >r> «/•>
rf 
V
U
JD
^
«
C
3
O
0
<*•*
o
e
o
••4
4.t
n
c
«
*-«
0.
K
V
C
a
b
o
V4-4

CM
V
^-*
.a
H
V
V
CO
*

-------
          't
          o"
          E"
          >
          t-
          >
          o
          o
          O
          cc
                     Zoster a  marina
               750 -i ---------   -- - —
                    !
               500 -             •
                           14-15  FEB I960
 250 -

   0 f -
      I
-250 -

-500 -

i- 750  *

 500 -

 250 -

   0  -
      I
-250  <

-500  -
                         ••
                       *! i s4  i
                        •
                        s
                      ll
               500

               250

                 0

               250

               so:

              -75C
•.«
•
•
                                                19-20  MAR  1980
                                                29-30  APR  i960
                              E   m  h r
                          3        4

                   AT  CANOPY TOP
Figure  12.  Scatter plot  of net apparent  rates of 02 productivity versus
           available  submarine light  (PAR) reaching the plant canopy  top in
           the Z^. marina dominated community during the early growing
           season.
                                    HG

-------
            "
Table 9.  NET APPARENT 02 PRODUCTIVITY AND LIGHT RESPONSE CHARACTERISTICS  FOR  THE
          ^ARLY GROWING SEASON  IN THE ZOSTERA MARINA DOMINATED  COMMUNITY AT  VAUCLUSE
          SHORES, LOWER CHESAPEAKE BAY, VIRGINIA.

Date Temp
CO
20/21 Feb 1980 6.0
19/20 Mar 1980 9.5
29/30 May 1980 18.0
NAP^x1 CAP2 J Ik/4
( ".NAP/ '£)
208 278 996. 24.8
200 323 752. 35.7
241 464 2<)2 83.3
CP5

25.0
35.8
83.0

1.  NAP,,,ax = Maximim rate of ostmaCo;) net apparent ('2 productivity  (me 0^ m 2 n  1).

2.  GAP = Estimated Gross Apparent 0-> Productivity (GAP = NAPmax + R).

3.  Initial Slope or  ".NAP • .'K~l.

4.  Half-saturation coefficient or I  1 NAP = 0.5 NAPmax (;iE m~2 sec"1).

5.  Compensating li«ht intensity (i.E m~2 sec"1) (? NAP = 0.
                                        87

-------
                                                 :,
                                                 A
18*C temperature range encompassed by the  studies.  The  estimated  NAPmax
values compare well with the net apparent  noon  rate estimates  derived  I'M the
total community 02 exchange studies (Table 2).   However, gross apparent  02
productivity (GAP), calculated as the algebraic  sum of NAPmax  and  night
respiration, (see Table 2) increases by  a  factor of 1.7  in  a near  linear
fashion from February through May.  Converting  the February and May  GAP
estimates to specific rates using our biomass estimates  and assu- ~-'ng  a
community PQ of 1.0, results in estimates  of  1.10 and  1.29  mgC-g OW"'(plant)
h"1 respectively which are comparable but  slightly lover than  the  likC
estimates of 1.60 and 1.68 for the same  times of year  (Table 1).

     Light response characteristics of the community changed significantly.
The estimated half-saturation light level  (1^)  increases while the initial
slope or low level light response characteristic (£*) decreases.   Both
responses are probably attributable to age and  growth of the community as  a
whole.  In February, the plant community  is dominated by "young" shoots  (mean
length m 13.5 cm) while in late May-June  the  plant community is dominated  by
"older" shoots (mean length • 24.9 cm) with obvious shoot senescence
beginning.  These estimated light-response parameters .-gree very well with
those derived from the '"*C-photosynthesis  studies (Table 1).   Compensating
light intensities (CP^, i.e. light intensity  where the net  apparent  rate
approaches zero, track almost exactly the  T   values and  indicate the near
total dominance by the macrophyte in governing  02 production and consumption
during the early growing season.

     Figures 13 and  14 illustrate the net  apparent rate  of  community 02
productivity response to increasing light  during the Z.  marina summer  studies.
The relationship indicates a linear response  for all studies with  no
suggestion of light saturation securing  for the  levels measured.   It is
apparent that the community response  is  significantly correlated with  light
but cannot be described by the typical,  hvperbolic, light-photosynthesis
relationship.  Therefore we have used sump'e  linear regression statistics  to
describe the response.

     Table  10 summarises the simple linear least squares statistics  for  these
data.  Community 1 ifc'nt response decreases  over  the course of the summer  as
indicated by the chanp"? in slope of the  regression equations.   The change  is
not associated with an overall increase  in cor-munity respiration and thus
probably represents a phot:>synthetic  response by the macrophyte.   As discussed
previously, we believe this represents a  temperature-induced stress.
Compensating light  intensities for the community are high (x " 329 jaE m~*
sec'l) during the suntner period due to,  1) the  assumed photosynthet ic
temperature stress, 2; high community respiration and  3) the apparent
simulation  in afternoon r»spirat'on.

     To  illustrate,  Figure  15 presents the results of  a  July studv which w»s
typical  for the summer period.   For this  particular experiment, light  levels
were high or at  least sufficient  to attain maximum rates based on the  '^C
studies  and the early growing season  results.   Water temperatures  were near
tht- maximum in situ measures taken  in the  Z^.  marjna community.  It  is  apparent
that the maximum calculated rates were linearly dependant only en  light
availability during  the first part of the  phoi  period.   This was followed  by

-------
' JV
500-
.c
i
E 250-
o~
o«
>
0
I -250-

°o°
0 0 °
• o o
° 
-------
      o>
      E
      0
      o
      cr
      o.
                 Zoster a marina
            750
 500-



 250-



   0



•250-



•500-j



!750
                   i  •
 500 -I



 250-



   0
           -250-
          -500-
           -750
                                               19  AUG.  I960
                                      t  *:
                                              23  SEPT.  1980
                           •• • •
                          •• ••
                   01234


                                  E • m'-hr"   AT  CANOPY TOP


Figure 14.  Scatter plot of net  apparent rates of 02 productivity versus
           available submarine  light reaching the plant  canopy top in the Z,
           •arina dominated community during late Summer-early Fall.     ~
                                    90

-------
Table 10.  NET APPARENT 02 PRODUCTIVITY AND LIGHT  RESPONSE  CHARACTERISTICS  FOR THE
           SUMMER SEASON IN THE ZOSJERA MARINA DOMINATED COMMUNITY AT  VAUCLUSE
           SHORES, LOWER CHESAPEAKE BAY, VIRGINIA.

Date
2 June 1980
5 June 1980
9 July 1980
16 July 1980
19 Aug 1980
23 Sep 1980
Temp
CO
26.
26.
27.
27.
25.
28.
(ANAP/AE)
307.
286.
96.5
124
89.2
108.
(mg 02 m'V1)
-472
-309
-147
-67.1
-8*. 5
-160.
CP
(HE m~2sec'1)
427.
300.
423
150
263
411
R3
(mg 02 m ' h )
-223.
-148.
-
-286.
-131.
-154.

1.  Slope of  the  simple  linear  least  squares  fie equation.

2.  Estimated y-intercept or R  (mg  02 m"2  h"1) @ I - 0.

3.  Estimated night time community  respiration (see Table  2)  (mg 02 m~  h~').
                                        91

-------
jUJ 'O
                        AllAllOnaOHd   !N3«VddV
      O
      o
 o
 o
o
o
CM

I
                  o
                  o
            o
            o
            CNJ
                                     I       I
o
o
cc
      10
 1^

8
        i
        o
        o
        (M
8
O
                               T
                                                          OD
                                                          O

                                                         •8
                                                         .8  i
                                                          £!  u.
                                                              o
                                                             g
                                                        «    w
                                                                   a •  e
                                                        o «  o
                                                       •>< e
                                                        4J    M
                                                        u M  e
                                                        9 e  «
                                                       •o ••*  u
                                                        « •  u
                                                                  M u


                                                                  £ •<

                                                                   . I"
                                                                   3 W  k.
                                                                   • I   O
                                                                   b -a  u  «>
                                                                  •-< 3  >
                                                                   i> -O -n
                                                       •O W  • «
                                                        O •<*  « -O
                                                        M e  M *
                                                        (X
                                                        (X 3  « £
                                                          i  u •
                                                        
-------
•n afternoon depression  in apparent productivity  indtpendant  of  light;  i.e.
comparison of the four light-level response curves.

     Based on these data, net apparent 02 productivity  and  light  relationships
in the "L. marina community are governed by both in  situ light  regimes  and
temperature.  During the winter-spring period, submarine  light regimes  appear
to be the principal control on net apparent community 02  productivity.   During
the summer period, temperature and increased  respiration  due  to  both
autotrophic (i.e. the macrophyte) and heterotrophic components controls net
apparent 02 productivity.

     The R. maritima Dominated Community

     Figure 16 illustrates the results typical of the light-community 02
productivity studies conducted in the shallow. Jt. maritima  dominated
community.  As discussed previously, the community  characteristically had
depressed afternoon rates of net apparent 02  production and on many occasions
had net rates of 02 consumption with otherwise optimum  light  and  temperature
conditions.  Earlier experiments suggested the response was independant of  in
situ 02 concentration but was, over the course of an entire year  of study,
highly correlated with noon rates.  The results of  these  shading  studies
conducted in July indicate that the response  is independent of absolute light
levels, at least those occuring during 02 productivity  measurement (Figure
16).  All shading treatments indicate an inflection in  the  rate of apparent
productivity near solar  noon followed by depressed  afternoon  rates.  Mote that
the inflection occurs prior to peak insolation regardless of  treatment.  We
are unable to attribute  any causal mechanism(s) to  this response  which  waa
characteristic of both the total community 02 exchange  and  shading studies.

     Figures 17 and Id illustrate the results of all community 02 productivity
and light response studies conducted in the II. maritima area.  Because  of the
depressed afternoon rates, analyses of these  data using the typical
light-photosynthesis response is not possible.  The majority  of  the low rates
illustrated in the figures at otherwise high  light  intensities are afternoon
rate determinations.  The July study results  come closest to  approximating  a
typical light-photosynthesis response curve.  Using only  the morning and noon
interval rate calculations, the plant community appears to  light-saturate
between 2.5 and 3 E m~2  h~* or 694 and 833 ^jE m~2 sec"1 which  agree well with
our previous ^C light saturation estimates.

     As a preliminary analysis of these data, Table 11  presents  the simple
linear regression statistics for morning and  noon intervals versus light at
the plant canopy top.  Using the linear regression  equations, we  estimated
NAPmax at 2.34 E m~2 h"1 (650 juE m~2 sec"1),  i.e. the midpoint of the
estimated ^C range, and CP at zero rate of net apparent  02 productivity.  The
initial slope (OQ and y-intercept (b) are simply the terms  of  the least
squares best fit equation.  Based on these analyses, there  is  no  significant
change in either NAP, GAP or  for the four, _R. maritima light  response  studies
summarized in the table.  The experiments covered a rather  limited temperature
range (21*C to 28*C) but did encompass the major growth period for the
macrophyte.  Compared to the results from the "I. marina community shading
studies (Table 9), the estimated maximum rates of NAP and GAP are higher for
                                      93

-------
(,-JM
(, s.
                 xnid
              94

-------
                Ruppia maritime
          750
          500-


          250


            0
        -250 -I
        - 500 -
    C7-
    E   +750
          500 -
    n
    o
    o:
    a
        -250
        -500 -i
        -750
                 0
                                              7  MAY  1980
I *
                                              II  JULY  1980
              _u	
                                E • m"?  hr"   AT  CANOPY  TOP
                                  I
                                  4
Figure 17.  • Scatter  plot of net aparent rates of Q£  productivity versus
            submarine  light (PAR) reaching the plant  canopy top in the ]l.
            maritima dominated community during the  first half of the growing
            season.
                                      95

-------
E

O~

?
    o
    o
    o
    cr
    a.
                Ruppia  maritima
          750
          500-


          250-
         -250
         -500-
      500 -
           i
      250-


        0
         -250-
         -500-
         -750
                                                     21 AUG  1980
                             -»»	•-
                                                    26  SEP  1980
                      :*
                      W
                                 E • m* hr"'   AT  CANOPY TOP
Figure 18.   Scatter plots of net apparent.rates of 02 productivity versus
            submarine light (PAR) reaching the plant canopy top in the II.
            maritima dominated community during the last half of the  growing
            season.
                                     96

-------
TABLE 11.  NET APPARENT 02 PRODUCTIVITY (MORNING AND NOON  INTERVALS ONLY) AND  LIGHT
           RESPONSE CHARACTERISTICS FOR THE R. MARITIMA DOMINATED COMMUNITY AT
           VAUCLUSE SHORES, LOWER CHESAPEAKE BAY, VIRGINIA.1
Dace
Temp
 •c
NAPmax
                                   GAP
          CP
7 May 1980     21     613

11 July 1980   28     665

21 Aug 1980    26     495
25/26 Sept
1980
24.5   531
             742

             867

             645

             722
487

346

405

306
287

133

311

167
-487  -129.

-166  -202

-453  -150.

-183  -191.
                     576
                   744
                        386
        224
1.  See Tables 9 and  10 for explanation of column headings.
                                        97

-------
£. maritima under optimum  conditions  and  the  characteristic light response (<*)
Ts lower.Compensating  light  intensities  in  _R.  maritima are comparatively
much higher than  for Z_. marina.   All  these results  are consistent with our
other findings and  support  the  conclusion  that Z_. marina and _R.  maritimi are
photosynthetically  quite distinct having  different  temperature-light optimum
and light response  characteristics.   Combining all  light and productivity data
for the R_. maritima community  since  the shading studies were limited in
temporal coverage,  Figure  19 indicates  there  may be seasonal changes in light
response characteristics and that the macrophyte is best adapted to high
light-high temperature summer  conditions  in the lower Chesapeake Bay.

     The Co-dominated R. maritima and Z.  marina Community

     The results  of the  two shading  studies carried out in  Che mixed community
are illustrated  in  Figure  20.   In May, when Z_. marina should have dominated
the community rate  of 02 exchange, there  was  no obvious relationship to light
and overall the  net apparent rates were low.   It may be that in  the mixed
community, the growth characteristics for  the macrophyte are different than in
the deeper-water, monospecific  stands.  For the July study, it is apparent
that R_. maritima dominates  the  community.   The results follow very closely
those of the study  in the  monospecific  stand  (Figure 17).

                                   SUMMARY

     Seagrass communities  in both temperate and tropical environments have
received increasing research attention over the past decade (e.g. McRoy and
Helfferick 1977;  Phillips  and McRoy  1980). Studies have in large part focused
in four areas;   1)  macrophyte  productivity including both photosynthesis and
biomass production  studies (e.g.  Jones  1968;  Zieman 1968; Dillon 1971;
Patriquin 1973;  McRoy 1974; Sand-Jensen  1975; Zieman 1975;  Bittaker and
Iverson  1976; Beer  and Waisel  1977; McRoy and McMillan 1977; Penhale 1977;
Zieman and Wetzel 1980), 2) nutrient  relationships  (e.g. Goering and Parker
1972; Patriquin  and Knowles 1972; McRoy and Alexander 1975; McRoy et al. 1979;
Capone et al. 1979; Penhale and Thayer  1980), 3) trophic relationships and
secondary production (e.g.  Zimmerman  et al. 1979; Kikuchi 1980;  Ogden 1980;
Orth et al. 1982),  and,  4)  various aspects of total seagrass community
metabolism (e.g.  Odum and  Hoskin, 1958; Odum, 1963; Nixon and Oviatt 1972;
Nienhuis 1980; Lindeboom and DeBree  1982). All results point to the relative
important roles  these communities play  in many estuarine and coastal marine
ecosystems.

     Comparatively, temperate  seagrass  communities  have received far less
attention than subtropical and  tropical communities.  In fact studies of
temperate seagrasses along the  U.S.  Atlantic  Coast  prior to the  mid-1970's
were relatively  few and  focused attention almost exclusively on  a single
species, Zostera marina.   It has only been within the past  five  to ten years
that concerted efforts have been made to  investigate the ecology of temperate,
estuarine seagrass  communities  along the  U. S. east coast.   Therefore,
historical data  bases and  comparative studies are limited and relatively few
against which to specifically  judge  our  investigations.
                                       98

-------
         o>
         E
         o
         O
         cc
         CL
         UJ
         CE
         0.
         a
             800-1
             600
                      Ruppi '  maritime]
        >       1
        ~E   400^
             200-1
            -200-
            -40O-
            -600
            -800-
                         /
    o             /
o          o  o   s
             o
        oo   o /  ""SUMMER
                                                                    SPRING
                                  !        I     ---r—  - — p-

                                  2345

                                  INSOLATION  ( E m2- hr'1)
Figure 19.   Scatter plots  of  net  apparent rates of 62 productivity in the R^.

            maritima dominated  coonnunity partitioned into Spring T*C <25) and

            Summer ft'C >) seasons.  Lines illustrated in the figure are the

            simple, linear least  squares lines of best fit.
                                      99

-------
               Zostera - Ruppia Mix



_
*e
f
»-
E
o
13
o
o
(T
a.

1 3W —
500-
250-

-250 -
-500-^
+ 750-
5 MAY I960

•
*.;
t •".*''
_i • •
•f^ • .
•
14 JUL 1980
500 -j


250-

0 -
-250-
-500-
_ TKn —
1
Jj X* • 8
* ** *•
•*•• * •
•?•*•*• • **
i

                                 E • m  hr
2           3

    AT  CANOPY  TOP
Figure 20.  Scatter plot of net  apparent  rates  of Oj productivity versus
            submarine light (PAR)  reaching  the  plant canopy top in the
            co-dominated Z. marina and  R. maritima community.
                                     100

-------
     Orth et al. (1982) has  provided  a  comprehensive  and  detailed  account of
the relative abundance and distribution of  seagrass communities  in the Lower
Chesapeake Bay.  The characteristic and predictable depth-dependant
distribution and conation patterns of the two  dominate  macrophyte  species, Z_.
•arina and II. maritima, a priori  suggests significant differences  in  the
physiological and production ecology  of the  two  species.

     The results of our studies  indicate  that  JS. marina has  a lower
temperature optimum, greater photosynthecic  efficiency  and lower  light
requirements than II. maritima.   At typical  mid-summer water  temperatures in
shoal areas of the lower Chesapeake Bay (i.e.  28 to 30*C) £.  marina is
temperature-stressed and in  terms of  total  community metabolism  is
heterotrophic.  Peak periods of  productivity,  spring  and  fall, correspond with
optimum in situ light-temperature regimes.   The  interactive  effect of
increasing turbidity and water temperature  in  the  late  fall  and early summer
is suggested as the principal cause initiating the high summer plant  mortality
(die-back).  In fact, the two, i.e. light regime and  water temperature,  may
not operate  in phase as controls  on production and growth.   For example,  daily
insolation and turbidity as  estimated by mean  vertical  light  (PAR) attenuation
(Figures 3 and 4, respectfully)  are the most variable during  April and May
when water temperatures are  apparently  near  optimum.  In  early Summer,
insolation and PAR attenuation are less variable but  temperature becomes
suboptimal.  The interaction between  these  and their  temporal behavior (or
timing) may  result in considerable year to  year  vatiation in  biomass
production and standing crop as  indicated by Orth  (personal communication,
1982).  Assuming a mean daily insolation of  30 E m~*  day"* (Figure 3) during
the Spring growing season and a  mean  PAR attenuation  coefficient of -1.50
(Figure A) for the same period,  average light  intensity over  a twelve hour
photoperiod  at a depth of 1.5m  (approximate mean  depth of the Z.  marina
grassbed) would equal 155 ^xE m~2  sec~^  which is  above the community
compensation level but below the  estimated  photosynthesis light saturation
intensity.   These data suggest that the Z. marina  community at the Vaucluse
Shores study area may be light-stressed or  at  least growing under  sub-optimal
light regimes during a significant portion  of  the  growing season.   Because of
the detailed similarity in structural characteristics of  the  Vaucluse area and
other seagrass beds in the Lower  Chesapeake  Bay  (see  Chapter  1, this  report;
Orth et al,  1982), we assume that these conclusions are applicable to Z.
marina dominated communities for  the  lower  Bay in  general.   It seems  apparent
that "L_. marina communities in terms of  growth  and  survival in the  lower
Chesapeake Bay are existing  under marginal  environmental  light and temperature
conditions.  This suggests that  perhaps relatively small  changes  in either
magnitude or temporal coincidence could result in  significant changes in
structural and/or functional aspects  of their  community ecology.

     Compared to Z_. marina,  II. maritima productivity  and  growth response  to
light and temperature are nearly  opposite.   R. maritima photosynthesis-light
response is  characteristic of high-light or  sun  adapted species.   The species
is characterized by a generally  higher  Pmax, half-saturation  light intensity,
compensating light intensity and  lower  -value or  less  photoaynthetic
efficiency at low light intensities than Z_.  marina.   Physiologically, R..
maritima appears well-adapted to  the  high light-high  temperature  regimes
characteristic of the shallow, inshore  areas.   Assuming a mean daily
                                      101
                                                                                         :
                                                                                      J

-------
insolation of 60 E n~2 day'1 during  Che  summer  growing  season  for  R. maritima
(Figure 3) and mean PAR attenuation  coefficient of  -1.25  (Figure 47 for  the
sane period, average  light  intensity over  a  twelve  hour photoperiod at  a depth
of 0.5 m (approximate mean depth of  the  Fl. maritima grassbed)  would equal 750
uE m~2 sec"*.  This light intensity  is photosynthetically  saturating based on
our results  and suggests the fl. maritima comnunity  is not  generally light
United.  These data  coupled with  the apparent  high temperature tolerance of
II. maritima  suggests  these communities in  the nearshore areas  are  existing
near optimum light and temperature conditions.  However,  this  conclusion must
remain tentative due  to the apparent afternoon  depression  in 02 productivity
and our estimates of  the various photosynthetic parameters being based  only on
morning and  noon interval determinations.  The  characteristic  apparent
afternoon depression  suggests a physiological stress either directly or
indirectly related to temperature  and/or light.

     From the standpoint of the entire seagrass bed, production and metabolism
within the dominant macrophyte communities are  complimentary which tends to
provide a source of organic matter production throughout  the majority of fhe
year even though the  specific dynamics are very seasonal  and different.   In
terms of production and because of these species-specific  characteristics,  the
co-dominated communities probably  represent  the most trophically stable
habitat.

     Baaed on these results, light and temperature  act  as  primary  controls on
seagrass photosynthesis and community metabolism.   For  Zostera marina,  light
or those factors that control submarine  light regimes in  the shoal benthic
environment  is singuarily important  in governing growth and survival of  the
species in the lower  Chesapeake Bay.
                                      102

-------
                                 Literature Cited
                                                      -    * ••  »
Aioi, K.  1980.  Seasonal changes  in the standing  crop of  eelgrass  (Zostera
     marina L.) in Odawa Bay, Central Japan.   Aquatic  Bot. 8:343-354.

Backman, T. W. and D. C. Berilotti.  1976.  Irradiance reduction:   effects  on
     standing  crops of the eelgrass Zostera marina ia  a  coastal  lagoon.   Mar.
     Biol. 34:33-40.

Beer, S., A. Eahel and Y. Waisel.   1977.  Carbon metabolism  in  sejgrasses.   J.
     Exp. Bot. 106:1180-1189.

Bittaker, H. F.  1975.  A comparative study of the phytoplankton and  benthic
     macrophyte primary productivity in a polluted versus  an unpolluted
     coastal area.  M. S. Thesis,  Florida State Univ., Tallahassee, Florida.
     167 pp.

Bittaker, H. F. and R. L. Iverson.  1976.  Thalassia testudinum  productivity:
     a field comparison of measurement methods.  Mar.  Biol.  37:39-46.

Bowers, G., T. K. Van, L. A. Garrad and W. T.  Hailer.  1977.  Adaptation  to
     low light levels by Hydrilla.  J. Aquat.  Plant Mgmt.  15:32-35.

Buesa, R. J.   1975.  Population biotnass and metabolic  rates  of marine
     angiosperms on the northwestern Cuban shelf.   Aquatic Bot.  1:11-23.

Caperon, J., S. Allen Cattell and  G. Krasnick.  1971.  Phytoplankton  kinetics
     in a subtropical estuary:  eutrophication.  Limnol. Oceanogr.
     16(4):599-607.

Capone, D. G., P. A. Penhale, R. S. Oremland,  and  B. F.  Taylor.   1979.
     Relationship between productivity and N2  (C2H2) fixation in a  Thalassia
     testudinum community.  Limnol. Oceanogr.  24:117-125.

Congdon, R. A. and A. J. MeComb.   1979.  Production of Ruppia:   Seasonal
     changes of dependence on light in an Australian estuary. Aquatic Bot.
     6:121-132.

Conover, J. T.  1967.  The importance of natural diffusion gradients  and
     transport of substances related to benthic marine plant metabolism.
     Botanic Marina 11:1-9.

Dennison, W.   1979.  Light adaptations of plants:   A model based on the
     seagrass, Zostera marina L.   M.S. Thesis,  Univ. Alaska, Fairbanks. 70  pp.

Dillon, C. R.  1971.  A comparative study of the primary productivity of
     estuarine phytoplankton and macrobenthic  plants.  Ph.D.  dissertation,
     Univ. North Carolina, Chapel  Hill, N. C.  112  pp.
                                     103

-------
Drew, E. A.  1979.  Physiological aspects of  primary production  in  seagrasses.
     Aquatic Bot. 7:139-150.

Fenchel, I.  1970.  Studies on the decomposition of organic detritus  derived
     from turtlegrass, Thalassia testudinum.   Limnol. Oceanogr.  15:14-20.

Fenchel, T.  1977.  Aspects of the decomposition of seagrasses,  pp.  123-145.
     In:  C. P. MeRoy and C. Helfferich  (eda.).  Seagraas Ecosystems:  A_
     Sciantific Perspective.  Marcel Dekker,  N. Y.  314.

Fonseca, M. S., J. S. Fisher, J. C. Zieman  and G. W. Thayer.   1982.   Influence
     of  the seagrass Zostera marina L.,  on  current  flow.  Eat. Coastal Shelf
     Sci.  15:351-364.

Fraleigh, P. C.   1971.  Ecological succession in an aquatic microcosm and  a
     thermal spring.  Ph.D. dissertation, Univ. Georgia, Athens.  128  pp.

Goering, J. J. and P. L. Parker.  1972.  Nitrogen fixation by  epiphytes  on
     seagrasses.  Limnol. Oceanogr. 17:320-323.

Harlin,  M. M. and B. Thome-Miller.  1981.  Nutrient enrichment  of  seagrass
     beds  in a Rhode Island coastal lagoon.   Mar. Biol.  65:221-229.

lizumi,  H. and A. Hattori.  1982.  Growth and organic production of eelgrass
     (Zostera marina L.) in temperate  waters  of the Pacific coast of  Japan.
     III.  The kinetics of nitrogen uptake.  Aquatic Bot.  12:245-256.

Jones, J.  A.  1968.  Primary productivity by  the tropical marine turtle  grass
     Thalassia testudinum Konig, and its epiphytes.  Ph.D. dissertation, Univ.
     Miami, Miami, Florida.  196 pp.

Keefe,  C.  W.  1972.  Marsh  production:   a summary of the literature.  Contri.
     Mar.  Sci. 16:163-181.

Kikuchi, laiji.   1980.  Faunal relationships  in temperate seagrass  beds, pp.
     153-172.  IN:  R. C. Phillips and C. P.  McRoy  (eda.).  Handbook  of
     Seagrass Biology:  An  Ecosystem Perspective, Garland STPM Press, N.Y. 353
     pp.

Klug, M. J.  1980.  Detritus-decomposition  relationships, pp.  225-245.   IN:
     R.  C. Phillips, and C. P. McRoy (eds.),  Handbook of Seagrass Biology; An
     Ecosystem Perspective, Garland STPM Press, N.  Y.353 pp.

Lindeboom, H. J.  and B. H.  H. deBree.   1982.   Daily production and  consumption
     in  an eelgrass (Zostera marina) community in saline Lake  Greveligen:
     discrepancies between  02 and 1*C  method.  Delta Institute of
     Hydrobiological Research Special  Report, Yerseke,  The Netherlands.   24
     pp.

Mann, K. H.  1972.  Macrophyte production  and aquatic  food  chains in coastal
     waters.  Mem.  1st.  Ital,  Idrobiol.   (Suppl.)29:353-383.
                                      104

-------
MeRoy, C. P.  1974.  Seagrass  productivity:   carbon  uptake  experiments in
     eelgraaa, Zostera marina.   Aquaculture  4:131-137.

McRny, C. P., R. J.  Baradate and M.  Nebert.   1972.   Phoaphorua  cycling in an
     eelgraaa (Zoatera marina  L.)  ecosystem,   Limnol.  Oceanogr.  17(l):58-67.

MeRoy, C. P., J. J.  Goering, and B.  Chancy.   1973.   Nitrogen fixation in
     association with aeagraasea.  Limnol. Oceanogr.  18(6):998-1002.

MeRoy, C. P. and V.  Alexander.   1975.   Nitrogen  kinetics  in aquatic  plants in
     Artie Alaska.   Aquatic Bot. 1:3-10.

McRoy, C. P. and C.  Helfferich (eds.).   1977.  Seagraaa Ecosystems:   A^
     Scientific Perspective.   Marcel Dekker,  N.Y  314 pp.

McRoy, C. P. and C.  McMillan.   1977.   Production ecology  and physiology of
     seagrasses, pp. 53-88.  IN:  C. P.  McRoy  and C.  Helfferich  (eds.).
     Seagrass Ecosystems:  A Scientific  Perspective,  Marcel Dekker,  N.Y.   314
     PP.

Nafziger, E. D. and  H. R. Roller.  1976.   Influence  of leaf starch
     concentration on C0% assimilation  in  soybean.   Plant Physiol.
     57:560-563.

Neinhuis, P. H.  1980.   The eelgrass (Zostera  marina L.)  subsystem  in
     brackish Lake Grevelingen:  production  and  decomposition of  organic
     matter.  Ophelia (Suppl.)  1:113-116.

Neinhuis, P. H. and  E. T. van  lerland.   1978.  Consumption  of eelgrass,
     Zostera marina  by birds and invertebrates during the growing season in
     Lake Grevelingen, (SW Netherlands).   Neth.  J. Sea. Res. 12:180-194.

Neinhuis, P. H. and  B. H. H. deBree.   1980.   Production and growth dynamics of
     eelgrass (Zostera marina) in  brackish Lake  Grevelingen, (The
     Netherlands!"!Neth. J. Sea Res.  14:102-118.

Newell,  S. Y.  1981.  Fungi and  bacteria in  or on leaves  of eelgrass (Zostera
     marina L.) from Chesapeake  Bay.   Appl.  Environ.  Microbiol. 41(5):

Nixon, S. W.  19bl.  Remineralization  and  nutrient cycling  in coastal marine
     ecosystems,  pp. 111-138.   IN:  B.  Neil son  and  E. Cronin (eds.) Estuaries
     and Nutrients.  Humana Press, Clifton,  N.J.

Nixon, S. W. and C.  A. Oviatt.   1972.   Preliminary measurements of midsummer
     metabolism in beds  of eelgrass, Zostera marina.   Ecology 53:150-153.

Odum, H. T.  1963.   Productivity measurements  in Texas turtle grass  and the
     effects of dredging an intracoastal channel.  Publ.  Inst.  Mar.  Sci.
     Texas 9:48-58.

Odum, H. T. and G. M. Hoskin.   1958.   Comparative studies on the  metabolism of
     marine waters.  Publ. Inst. Mar.  Sci.   Texas 5:16-46.
                                      105

-------
Ogden, J. C.  1980.  Faunal  relationships  in Carribean  acagrass  beds,  pp.
     173-198.  IN:  R. C. Phillips and C.  P. MeRoy  (eds.).   Handbook of
     Seagrass Biology:  An Ecosystem  Perspective, Garland STPM Press,  N.  Y.
     353 pp.

Orth, R. J.  1977.  Effect of nutrient enrichment on  growth of the eelgrass,
     Zostera marina in the Chesapeake Bay, Virginia,  USA.   Mar.  Biol.
     44:187-194.

Orth, R. J., K. A. Moore  and Jacques  van Montfrans.   1982.   Submerged  Aquatic
     Vegetation:  Distribution  and Abundance in  the Lower Chesapeake Bay  and
     the Interactive Effects of Light, Epiphytes and  Grazers.  Draft Final
     Report, U.S. EPA Chesapeake  Bay  Program,  Annapolis, MD.   325 pp.

Patriquin, D. G.  1973.   Estimation of growth  rate, production and age of  the
     marine angiosperm Thalassia  testudinum.   Mar.  Biol. 15:35-46.

Patriquin, D. G. and R. Knowlea.   1972.  Nitrogen  fixation  in  the rhizosphere
     of marine angiosperms.  Mar.  Biol.  i6:49-58.

Penhale, P. A.   1977.  Macrophyte-epiphyte biomasn  and  productivity in an
     eelgrass (Zostera marina L.) community.   J. exp. mar.  biol.  Ecol.
     26:211-224.

Penhale, P. A. and G. W.  Thayer.   1980.  Uptake  and transfer of  carbon and
     phosphorus by eelgrass  (Zostera  marina  L.)  and its epiphytes.   J. exp.
     mar. biol. Ecol. 42:113-123.

Phillips, R. C. and C. P. MeRoy (eds.).  1980.  Handbook of Seagrass Biology:
     An Ecosystem Perspective.  Garland STPM Press, N.Y.  353  pp.

Sand-Jensen, K.   1975.  Biomass,  net  production  asnd  growth dynamics in  an
     eelgrass (Zostera marina L.)  population in  Vellerup Vig,  Denmark.
     Ophelia  14:185-201.

Spence, D. H. N.   1975.   Light  and  plant response  in  freshwater, pp. 93-133.
      IN:  G. C. Evans, R. Banbridge,  and 0.  Rackhan (eds.). Light as  an
     Ecological Factor.   Blackwe11  Sci. Publ., Oxford 616 pp.

Strickland, J. D. H. and  T.  R.  Parsons.  1972.  A  Practical Handbook of
     Seawater Analysis.   Fish.  Res.  Bd. Canada Bull 167.  311  pp.

van Tine, R. F.   1981.  Ecology of  benthic  seaweeds and seagrasses in  a
      thermally impacttJ estuary of  the  eastern Gulf of  Mexico, pp. 499-506.
      IN:  G. E.  Fogg and  W.  E.  Jones, Proceedings  of  the Eighth  International
     Seaweed Symposium.   The Marine  Sciences Laboratories (University  of North
     Wales), Menai  Bride, Isle  of Anglesey,  Gwynedd,  U. K.   769  pp.

Westlake, D.  F.   1967.  Some effects  of  low velocity  currents  on the
     metabolism  of  aquatic macrophytes.  J.  Exp. Bot. 18:187-205.
                                      106

-------
Wctzel, R. L., K. L. Webb, P. A. Penhale,  R. J.  Orth,  D.  F.  Boesch,  G.  W.
     Boehlert, and J. V. Merriner.   1979.  The  Functional Ecology of Submerged
     Aquatic vegetation in the Lower Chesapeake  Bay.   Intent Grant Report,
     U.S. EPA Chesapeake Bay Program, Annapolis, HD.   152 pp.

Wetzel, R. L., R. F. van Tine and P. A. Penhale.   1982.   Light  and Submerged
     macrophyte communities in the  lower Cheaapake Bay:   A Scientific Summary.
     IN:  R. L. Wetzel and R. F. van Tine  (eda.).   Structural  and Functional
     Aspects of the Ecology of Sumberged Aquatic Macrophyte  Communities in  the
     Lower Chesapeake Bay, Vol.  II,  Draft  Final  Report, U. S.  EPA Chesapeake
     Bay Program, Annapolis, ND.

Wheeler, W. N.  1980.  Effect of boundary  layer  transport on the fixation of
     carbon by the giant kelp Macrocystis  pyrifera. Mar.  Biol.  56:103-110.

Wiginton, J. R. and C. McMillan.  1979.  Chlorophyll composition under
     controlled light conditions as  related  to  the distribution of seagrasses
     in Texas and the U. S. Virgin  Islands.  Aquatic Bot.  6:171-184.

Williams, S. L.  1977.  Seagrass productivity:   the effect of  light  on  carbon
     uptake.  M.S. Thesis. Univ. Alaska, Fairbanks. 95 pp.

Zieman, J. C.  1968.  A study of the growth  and  decomposition  of the seagrass
     Thalassia testudinum.  MS.  Thesis, Univ. Miami, Miami,  Florida.  50 pp.

Zieman, J. C.  1975.  Quantitative  and dynamic  aspects of the  ecology of
     turtle grass, Thalassia testudinum, pp. 541-562.   IN:   L.  E.  Cronin
     (ed.), Estuarine Research,  V.  I, Academic  Press,  N.  Y.   738 pp.

Zieman, J. C. and R. G. Wetzel.  1980.  Productivity in seagrasses:   methods
     and rates, pp. 87-116.  IN:  R. C. Phillips and C. P. MeRoy (eds.),
     Handbook of Seagrass Biology:   An Ecosystem Perspective,  Garland STPM
     Press, N. Y.  353 pp.

Zimmerman, R. J., R. Gibson and  J.  Harrington.   1979.   Herbivory and
     detritivory among gammar'dean  amphipoda from  a Florida  seagraas
     community.  Mar. Biol. 54:41-48.
                                      107

-------
                          Chapter 3


OXYGEN METABOLISM OF A TEMPERATE SEAGRASS (ZOSTERA MARINA L.)
            COMMUNITY:  PLANT-EPIPHYTE, PLANKTON
    AND BENTHIC MICROALGAE PRODUCTIVITY AND RESPIRATION.
                  L. Murray and R. L Wetzel
            Virginia Institute of Marine Science
                and School of Marine Science
                 College of William and Mary
                Gloucester Point, VA   23062
                             108

-------
                                   ABSTRACT

     Monthly studies of gross and net ©2 productivity and respiration  by  the
principal autotrophic populations of a temperate, Zostera marina dominated
seagrass community are reported.  The principal components  partitioned by the
studies were the Z_. marina-epiphyte assemblage, phytoplantcton and benthic
microalgae.  Seasonally, the dominant autotrophic component varied.  The
macrophyte-epiphyte assemblage dominated when water temperatures were  at  or
below 20*C while the plankton component dominated at higher temperatures.
Benthic microalgae represented a relatively low but constant source of organic
matter input.  For both plankton and benthic microalgal communities, 02
production and consumption are nearly mass balanced annually.  However,
approximately 40Z of macrophyte-epiphyte production is available for
transport.  Integrated gross annual production and percent  contribution to
total community production are estimated at 967 gC m~2 y~*  (55Z) for the
macrophyte-epiphyte, 488 gC m~2 y"1 (31Z) for phytoplankton, and 225 gC m~2
y~l (14Z) for benthic microalgae.  Total gross autotrophic  production  in  this
temperate, Zostera marina aeagrass community is estimated at 1580 gC m~2  y~ .
Of this approximately 600 gC m~2 y~* are  directly available for
microheterotrophic and/or macroheterotrophic utilization and secondary
production.
                                     109

-------
                                  INTRODUCTION

     The role and relative  importance of  seagrasses  in estuarine  and  coastal
marine environments has been the  subject  of recent extensive  research.
Seagrasa meadows are generally considered valuable because they are
characterized by high primary and secondary production and serve  as nursery
grounds and refuge areas for many marine  and estuarine organisms.  Most
studies of autotrophic production in these communities have focused on the
dominant vascular plants, Zostera marina  L. in  temperate  zones and Thalassia
testudinum Konig in the tropics, although other sources of autotrophic
production can provide signiticant  input  of organic  matter (Penhale 1977).
Seagrass communities can have     at least four  other autotrophic  components
that directly support secondary production and  are probably the least
understood:  benthic macroscopic  and microscopic  algae, phytoplankton, and
epiphytic autotrophs.

     Recent work on seagrass production has provided estimates ranging from
200-3000 gC m~2 yr"1 for Thalassia  testudinum (Jones 1968; Bittaker 1975;
McRoy & McMillan 1977) and  200-800  gC nT2 yr'1  for Zostera marina (Nixon &
Oviatt 1972; MeRoy 1974; Neinhuis 1980).  Several methods have been employed
to arrive at these estimates, including openwater flow studies (Nixon & Oviatt
1972), chamber incubations  of various designs enclosing the intact community
(Neinhuis 1980; Lindeboom & deBree  1982), the uptake of 1AC radiotracers by
excised planes (MeRoy 1974; Penhale 1977; Capone  et  al. 1979), leaf-marking
techniques (Zieman 1974; Neinhuis 1980) and mathematical  regression techniques
using morphometric parameters (Patriquin  1973).   Photosynthesis and
respiration of both individual plants as  well as  the intact plant community
have been investigated using various gas  exchange methodologies (02 and CC^)
and *^C radiotracers.  Although these methods all measure something slightly
different, the range of estimates among methods  are  surprisingly  similar
(Wetzel et al. 1982b).

     Several investigators  have demonstrated that autotrophs  other than the
macrophyte are responsible  for a  significant portion of total community
production.  Work in freshwater lakes indicated  that phytoplankton and
epibenthic algae contribute over  50Z to total lake production 'Wetzel 1964;
Wetzel & Hough 1973).  Cattaneo and Kaeff (1980)  report that  epiphytic algae
on the freshwater angiosperms Myriophyllum spicatum  L. and Potamogeton
richardaonnii (Benn.) Rydb. contribute as much  as 60Z and 30Z, respectively,
to the total plant-epiphyte complex.  Comparable  studies  in marine ecosystems
have shown similar results.  Jones  (1968) working in a Florida Thalassia
testidinum grass bed determined that macrophyte  production contributed 900  gC
m~^ yr~*, the benthic microflora  200 gC m~2 yr~*, and epiphyte production 200
gC m~2 yr~l or, combining the microalgae  components, approximately 30Z of the
total.  In North Carolina,  Dillon (1971)  estimated that Zostera marina and
Halodule beaudettei (den Hartog) den Hartog production contributed
approximetly 85Z to the total organic matter input with phytoplankton making
up the remainder.  Bittaker (1975)  reported for a Thalassia testudinum grass
                                      110

-------
bed in Florida that the relative contribution by microphyte*  and  phytoplankton
were approximately the same as reported by Dillon  (1971).   In a more  detailed
study, Penhale (1977) indicated that macrophyte and  epiphyte  productivity in a
North Carolina Zostera marina community bed were equal  at  certain times  of the
year and Borum & Wium-Anderson (1980)  found similar  results in Denmark.

     Although these studies report high levels of  production  for  the  various
autotrophs in these communities, consumption rates may  also be high,
especially in sediments having high faunal densities.   Hargrave (1969) reports
a higher benthic carbon consumption rate  than can  bs supported by vascular
plant production in a freshwater lake.  Lindeboom  &  deBree (1982),  found that
although production is less for bare substrates than in nearby Zostera marina
areas, consumption is also less, indicating a higher heterotrophic  biomass
within the grass beds.  Considering, 1) a significant  fraction of the vascular
plant production may not be metabolically unavailable  to many heterotrophs,  2)
some plant material is undoubtedly exported and, 3)  seagrass  beds  are
generally characterized by high infaunal and epifaunal  biomaas, microalgal
support of heterotrophic production may be greater than is generally
suggested.

     Based on these results and observations, it seems  appropriate  to
hypothesize that significant contributions to community production  by
autotrophs other than the vascular plant are characteristic of submerged grass
beds in both temperate and tropical ecosystems.  The relative contribution
appears to range between 202 and 50Z of the total  community.   We  report  here,
the results of studiee designed to partition the principal autotrophic
components of a temperate, Zostera marina dominated  community in  terms of
seasonal and annual contributions to total community production and
respiration.  Because of a general lack of hard substrates in the  Chesapeake
Bay, macroalgae are not a significant  portion of the autotrophic  communities.
Therefore we limited our studies to the plant-epiphyte, phytoplankton and
benthic microalgae components.

                                  STUDY SITE

     A seagrass bed approximately 140  ha  in size located on the southeastern
shore of the Chesapeake Bay, Virginia, U.S.A. (37*25' N.,  75*59'  W.)  was used
as the principal study site (see Preface, Figure 1).  The  entire  meadow  is
co-dominated by Ruppia maritima in the nearshore areas  and by Zostera marina
in the deeper areas with an intermediate area of mixed  stands •>£  the  two
species.  The studies reported here were carried out between  transects B and C
and confined to the Zostera marina dominated community  type (See  Preface,
Figure 1).

                             MATERIALS AND METHODS

Total Community 02 Exchange
                 »

     Oxygen exchange techniques were used Lo estimate rates of metabolism for
the various autotrophic components.  Estimates of  total community metabolism
employed large (260 1) plexiglass domes enclosing  the entire  seagrass
                                      111

-------
community (see Chapter 2).  Oxygen concentration was Monitored  continuously
for all incubations.  These data were used to calculate areal net apparent
production (NAP), respiration (R), and gross apparent production (GAP)  for  the
intact community.

     A multichannel, Orbiaphere Oxygen Monitoring  System  (Model #2604)  with
#2S insensitive polargraphic probes and self-contained atirrer was used to
measure oxygen concentration.  Light as photosynthetically  active radiation
(PAR; 400-700 nm) was monitored continuously using a Li-Cor Model 185A  Quantum
Meter equipped with surface and submarine quantum  sensors.  Temperature was
recorded continuously from the Orbisphere which employs thermistors contained
in the probe head.

     Area specific rates were calculated as:
                           iCj+rCj
                                                .
          mg 02 m-2 IT1 -AtUi^-ti)  • Vd  • Aj
         where:  C^ -  (02]  (mg  I"1),  i-0,l...n  (hours)
                  t£ " time (hours)  itn  interval
                  V,i - volume of  incubation  (1)
                  A  • bottom surface area
Daily rates were calculated by  integrating  the net apparent 02 productivity
hourly rates over  the  photo-period  and  respiration was as summed constant  over
the  24 hour period.  Seasonal estimates were  derived by defining "season" as a
function of water  temperature with  winter <10*C; spring and fall 10  to 20*0
and, summer >20*C.  Seasonal estimates  were calculated as  the algebraic sum
using means between consecutive  (monthly) estimates.  Because the relative
error is directly  proportional  to time  step (i.e. calendar days between rate
estimates) for  these calculations,  for  the data we report  the winter estimates
are  the least reliable.  Annual  estimates are simply the sum of the  seasonal
estimates.  For comparison to data  reported elsewhere, we  converted  the oxygen
data to carbon  units assuming a  PQ  of  1.25  for the net productivity  estimates
and  a RQ of 1.0 for the respiration estimates.

Water Column (Plankton) 02 Exchange


     Water column  plankton community samples  were collected by hand  and
incubated in triplicate, light  and  dark standard BOD bottles (300 ml).
Incubations were     for four hours over the  daytime interval 1000 to  1400 h.
For  midday high tide studies, water depth at  the study site ranged from 1.0 to
1.7  m and samples  from near the  surface (approximately 10  cm depth)  and from
just above the  canopy  top were  collected and  incubated at  the depth  of
collection.  For midday low tide studies, water depth ranged from 0.5  to  0.8 m
and  Complete mixing was assumed.  For  these studies, only  mid-depth  water
samples were collected and incubated.   Water  column rates  are reported per
square meter surface area and calculated using the average water depth over
the  incubation  interval.  Daily  rates  were  estimated by assuming the mean,
midday hourly rates were characteristic for the photoperiod and respiration
rates determined from  the dark  BOD  bottle incubations were constant  over  the
                                      112

-------
diel period.  Seasonal and annual  estimates  were  calculated as for the total
community.

Benthic 02 Exchange


     For the benthic microalgae  triplicate,  light and  dark, cylindrical
plexiglass chambers  (750 ml) were  placed on  unvegetated  sediment  within the
bed and incubated as for the BOD bottles.  Duplicate clear  chambers inoculated
with 10 ml, 10Z  (v/v) buffered aeawater  formalin  (sat. MgCC^)  were used to
estimate sediment, chemical oxygen demand  (COD).   02 exchange  estimates,
corrected for COD, are reported  as mg02 m~2  (bottom area) h~*.  The amount of
unvegetated area within the Z. marina  community was estimated  from percent
cover data (Orth and Moore 1982) and the areal rate estimate corrected
accordingly.  Daily, seasonal, and annual  rate estimates followed the methods
and assumptions  for the water column calculations.

Macrophyte-Epiphyte 02 Exchange


     Rate estimates  for the plant-epiphyte component were calculated as the
difference between total (dome enclosure estimates) and  the benthic and
plankton rates estimated over the  same time  intervals.   Respiration for the
plant-epiphyte component was calculated  as the difference  in nighttime
respiration for  the  clear dome incubations and rates  for the dark chamber and
BOD bottle daytime incubations.

                                    RESULTS

     Table 1 summarizes environmental  conditions  for each date studies were
conducted.  The  studies covered  the nominal  water temperature  range for the
area (see Chapter 2).  For these specific  studies,  submarine light (PAR)
conditions were  generally at or  above  photosynthetically saturating
intensities for  both vascular plant and  microalgae  except  ."or  Z_.  marina during
the April, early October and January studies.  The  studies  encompass the ma}or
growth and die-back  periods for  this vascular plant community.

     Net apparent productivity estimates for the  three,  principal components
over the study period are presented in Figure 1.   The  Z_. marina-epiphyte
component follows the characteristic,  bi-modal growth  cycle for Zostera marina
in Chesapeake Bay waters (Orth and Moore,  1982; Chapter  2). The  arrows on the
figure indicate  rate estimates calculated  from oxygen  exchange studies carried
out under suboptimal light conditions  (i.e., less than known saturating
intensities) and are therefore probably  underestimates.   Over  the period of
study, the dominant  component is illustrated in the figure  by  diagonal line
shading for the  plant-epiphyte component and stippled  shading  for the plankton
component.  Winter,  spring and late fall are clearly dominated by the
plant-epiphyte component and during mid-summer by the  phytoplankton with a
possible secondary fall peak.  Benthic algae generally had  lower  net apparent
rates (note scale change in Figure 1)  with no clear seasonal pattern
indicated.
                                      113

-------
HH
O
aa
H
£jl
r-


H
z
o
u

CM
O

=>
H
*-*
en

Z
*•*

OS
O
b.

*d
H
t— i
en •
-J

Q >
=> QEi
H U
en f—
z
en >-•
Sz
o o
3: Hi
en H

Id CO
en =>
=3 U
-J Z
W •-*
3
4* td
^ 53
H
Id
X as
E- id
5»
H O
** z
I2

H O
•—I H-4
a H
§3
U U)
-r*
-1 H

H 3
i»
N^ Jj
Qtf H-4
U O
cu 3
X H
td en



f^

td

03
«^
H




















































































CN

41
O
u *-*

u **^
c
eg
cu

*~*
CM
^^ i
« B

•J U
C 41
e







41
«J
«J
a




*O *Q *n *n
• •mir\oo^ao*y> • •
C C^NQOOr^sOcMc^ C C











^ tA oO O r-*- d ^ *o
•a -Q .........
mo^> — — ao^t C C
C C Q* CO ~* ^O \O — • (N
—













c"» -*i p-»
sO -^ *«A vA PO ^ ^J u"> i/> C«< CN
\OOrsi»^csJsjO^3O'N'^ f^
CM — tN|~inrMCMCS — CN —










\O O -^ c*^ r*^ IA O >d" *"• 30
t ^ O \O J^ 2O -^ vA O T* ^
f^ CO ^O *A — • ^O -O C»l — CO
— • KM «M — • — . _4 ^«l .«!




0 0
^^fSSSSSSf"*






3 m CM o 3 O ^ u^ O ^n O
in ~^ fi r^ ro ro CN ^ 3 *n *n
inrom-j^.jmm^^cn
i I I i i I I i I 1 I
Omomo oooomo
in ^ CN —• f*"* r^> CN j^ in in CM
— — — O 3 3tN3*33O
*



~— -^
— .~* ^« >•• — -• ^o ^o
"O— •— ^3030 ^O — QO ^^- ^^- CM
^•^ TO 3O "~ — ^- — ^ -O ^^. ;*•"*  — CM "^^
— *^SjOCN — — -.'t'TM ^^. "^^ ^jO
^•*. ^~^ ~^-. ^>. ^^-. ~*-- ^>« ^~* O 3 ~*^
n^inm^>r~T03O — — —•





































































































—
E
— 00
u C
T3 Q. ••<
41 O u
> >
4f CO ^^
4} 4) *^
^ •** eg
*rf WO
41 ••< •«
«O cfl * *
c  CN 4^
r~ OO ea
Zl — a,
• in 41
— CJ\ — 10
eg . eg u
3 JZ 4»
w 1 C -C
41 U 41 w
41 -C
C w ea -o —
•-< u to C —
B O eg eg <
i- B
Al QA Q — ^
41 •-< A M  TJ NJ
.-i O 41
•O 4-1 (J CO U
eo eg o
C U J* 23 U-,


. • •
— PM -n






































































.
CO
4)
'^
..4
u)
C
41
,JJ
C
--^




114

-------
                                   PLANT-EPIPHYTE
         500-1
      ft
     o

     ?
       -500 -1
                           PHYTOPLANKTON
                 MAR
        -100
                MAR
MAY
JUL
SEP
                               NOV
JAN
Figure 1.  Mean (*_ S.D.) net  apparent  productivity for  the  plant-
           epiphyte and plankton components (top panel) and benthic  component
           (bottom panel).   Diagonal  line shading and  stippled  shading  in  the
           top panel illustrate plant-epiphyte or plankton  dominance
           respectively.  The arrows  indicate suboptimal light  conditions  for
           Z. marina.

-------
     Figure 2 presents the respiration estimates  for  the  three  components.
Respiration of the plant-epiphyte component generally tracked net  apparent
productivity increasing with increasing water temperature.   Plant-epiphyte
respiration paralleled plant growth and dominated total community  respiration
during and following the summer die-back period and again in late  fall  during
the secondary growth period.  Plankton respiration showed no clear seasonal
pattern but reached minimum values during the periods of  peak plant-epiphyte
respiration and maximum values during minimum plant-epiphyte respiration.  As
for net apparent productivity, benthic respiration rates  were generally lower
than either the plant-epiphyte or plankton components  and paralleled benthic
net apparent productivity estimates.

     Gross apparent productivity (calculated as the algebraic sum  of net
apparent (Figure 1), and respiration, (Figure 2)  rate estimates) is
illustrated in Figure 3.  The plant-epiphyte component dominates prior  to late
summer (August) followed by an apparent dominance by  the  phytoplankton  in late
summer and fall.  Benthic gross productivity never dominated total  community
gross productivity but reached maximum rates during the summer.

     Table 2 (summarizes the seasonal and annual estimates of gross  production
and respiration.  Because of our assumptions in the calculations,  i.e.
microalgae midday rates are extrapolated over the entire  photoperiod and
respiration is constant over the diel period, these estimates probably  are
maximized.  The pattern of seasonal dominance and rates of production by the
various autotrophic components indicate the important  and potential
contribution made by each to total community metabolism.   Based on these
calculations gross production by the plant-epiphyte component accounted  for
between 37Z and 80Z of total dependent on season.  Annually  the vaacular plant
component contributed an estimated 967 gC m~2 or  55Z  of total community gross
production.  Phytoplankton gross production ranged between iOZ  and  48Z
seasonally with an estimated gross annual production  of 488  gC m~*  or 31Z of
total.  Similarly, benthic algae contribution ranged  between IOZ and 25Z
seasonally with an estimated annual contribution  of 225 gC m"2 or  14Z of the
total.  Using these estimates of annual gross production  by  this seagraas
community is 1580 gC m~2.  The microautotrophic components account  for
approximately 45Z or 713 gC m~2 of this.

     Respiration by the various components varied seasonally.   The
plant-epiphyte component dominated all seasons except  winter accounting for
47Z to 602 of the total.  In winter, the plankton component  accounted for 73Z
of total community respiration which we consider  an overestimate due
principally to the few estimates we have; i.e. only two studies were conducted
at water temperatures below 10*C.  Benthic respiration never dominated  total
community respiration and accounted for 9Z to 23Z over all seasons.  Maximum
rates and Z contribution to total occurred during the summer.

     Production to respiration ratios (P/R<~) indicate  the  generally  autotrophic
nature of each component.  Both seasonally and annually,  total  community
metabolism was autotrophic.  P/R ratios ranged from a maximum of 6.2 for the
plant-epiphyte component in winter to a minimum of 0.50 for  the plankton in
spring.  In terms of organic matter input to the  seagrass community (i.e.
excess production versus respiration), the plant-epiphyte component clearly
                                      116

-------
     500 -I
  o>
  E
                                          PLANT-EPIPHYTE

                                                PLANKTON
             MAR
MAY
JUL
SEP
NOV
JAN
     200 -i
                                          BENTHOS
              I     I     T     11    T     I     I     I     I     I
            MAR       MAY       JUL       SEP      NOV        JAN
Figure 2.   Mean  (+_ S.D.) respiration for the plant-epiphyte  assemblage
           and plankton components (top panel) and  benthic component (bottom
           panel).  Diagonal line shading stippled  in  the top panel illustrate
           plant-epiphyte or plankton dominance respectively.
                                    117

-------
                                         PLANKTON
                      PLANT-EPIPHYTE
       500-i
    'i
    0~
           MAR
MAY
JUL
SEP
NOV
JAN
       200-1
     e  100-
    o~
     f
                                                   BENTHOS
           MAR
MAY
JUL
SEP
NOV
JAN
Figure 3.  Mean (^S.D.)  gross  apparent productivity for the plant-epiphyte
           assemblage  and plankton components (top panel) and benthic
           component  (bottom  panel).  Diagonal line shading and stippled
           shading in  the top panel  illustrate plant-epiphyte or plankton
           dominance  respectively.
                                     118

-------





z
0
H

otf W~
M H
CO «
aw
a.
X
O td
^<

^•v
a. z
*"*
Z >•
0 H
1-1 1-1
H Z
u 2

Q X
O O
OS U
j
CO <2
co H
0 0
OS H
Q
U. Z
O <
CO CO
H Z X
< u: f-
S Z 1-1
•-i O Z
co S £
W O Z
0 O
-J U

0 <
CO >• Z
< 03 hH
C/l ^x O
p '
H ^ si
<: u 1-1
OS 0005
[z] 3C I
H -^
z a: •
.-• ^tsi|


CM

W
oa
H


























































4J
^^ ft)


nj as
3
C
C
^

0-




as

_
a
u.

a.





as
u
4)
§
§
CO Oi




ao as
c
u
Q.
CO C-



k. as
OJ
c

3 a.







1














4^
C
c
0
a.
e
o
CJ


cs ^o «^ ON r-* in
m r» in oo —
-*



m CM ^- ^ » CM


r*. o CM CM in ao
-— \O \o en — •
—
r^ oo m
CS — fM

r-«. ^» m oo IA m
ou m •— >j en —
•— •



^3 r*. r^ ^3 oo en
.^ ^^ oo en \o CM
•—
CM in ^
. . •
— — -*>*"" m m
*Q *& rn en ON CM
— • —


m — CM m o -*
O in p^ en o C*N ^*
— ao m —
CM O —
3N O *O O CM O
CM


in —* e^ ""^ r^ ON CM in
CM
\O ^3 eM
O in in ^- rn -^
en in o en *o ^—
en CM





1)
u as as a!
.c a. a, eu
a. —• — --
•-< BJ *J (0 W (Q 4J
Q.UC CuC uC
IdO^) OO4> WlOtt)
1 *j C uiJC OuC
*J 0 ^ O £ O

rcog <3oE cog
-. O -i 00) O


— • CM m
m
ON
m



00
ON


NO
^
O
ao
in
^—

^
ON
^^
CM
^

m
en
CM



in
ON
CM
en
•
0 "
ON
en


^^
O
cs r~
_I
m
en


ON o
CM •
CM
ao

in












cH
<0
u as
0 -•»
H a.

~*
119

-------
dominates in the winter and spring, the  plant-epiphyte  and  plankton in summer
and the plankton and benthic components  in  fall.  The actual  timing (i.e.
availablity) however differs due to the  time  lag  between vascular  plant
production and organic matter input (plant  mortality).  For the  microalgal
dominated components, production and consumption  are both spatially and
temporally more closely linked.

     The metabolism data were further  analyzed by simple, pair-wise linear
regression between selected environmental parameters (temperature  and  light)
and vascular plant community characteristics  (biomass and cover).   Table 3
summarizes these results in terms of the correlation coefficients  for  the
pair-wise regressions.  As expected, respiration  was significantly correlated
with temperature for all benthic components.  Net productivity was positively
correlated with temperature for both plankton and benthos but only
significantly so for the latter.  Net  apparent productivity of the
plant-epiphyte complex and temperature was  negatively and weakly correlated.
This result is consistent with other observations indicating  that  "L. marina is
stressed at temperatures approaching 30*C (see Chapter  2).  As indicated,
earlier, light was optimum for the majority of these experiments and is
supported by the lack of significant correlation  between light and net
apparent productivity.

     Plant biomass and plant-epiphyte  respiration was positively correlated a*
expected.  Interestingly benthic respiration  and  plant  biomass were highly
correlated.  This result suggests a strong  interaction  between vascular  plant
growth and sediment heterotrophic processes.  There was no apparent
correlation between benthic net apparent productivity and percent  plant  cover
as might be suggested by the observation that vascular  plant  shading may limit
benthic microalgae photosynthesis.  The  result may also be an artifact of the
experimental design in that areas within the  grass bed  were chosen where
obviously the benthic chambers could be  placed.   Also,  the measured light
levels are for 10 cm above the sediment  surface due to  the underwater  sensor
design and thus may not accurately measure  light  at the actual sediment
surface.

                                  DISCUSSION

    Productivity and organic matter production in vascular plant dominated
submerged aquatic communities is divisable  into at least four components whose
importance and contribution may vary both spatially and temporally.  These  are
the plant-epiphyte, benthic microscopic  and attached macroscopic algae,  and
phytoplankton.  Studies designed to investigate organic matter production,
nutrient cycling and various aspects of  trophic structure and/or energy-matter
flux in these systems have predominately focused  attention on one  autotrophic
component:  the vascular plant.  Obviously, the vascular plants  structurally
define the boundaries of the system and  govern conditions within which other
processes, both autotrophic and heterotrophic, must operate.  However,
functional attributes of the ecosystem such as productivity,  nutrient  eyeing
and energy-matter flux with regard to  the cycles  of essential elements and
trophic structure may be partitioned among  other  autotrophic  components  that
have escaped the general attention of  many  studies.  The studies reported here
focused attention on the principle autotrophic components of  a temperate "L,
marina dominated habitat.
                                      120

-------
a
i» «
H +
u
td a-
_> -2
Id Z
CO

u. ..
O X
CO
CO f*
p-l J
co O
>• 00
J <
< H
5*
CO CM
ao
< H
=5 z
srg
o
H a.
CO X
< 0
30

a
u z
CO <
H*
3 CO •
I O —
an H-I i
H-l H £
< co
a. H-ICM
at l
36 'J3 B
0 H
U. O CM
< 0
CO X
H *« oo
Z X S
U) U
1-1 co
CJ >• <
H-l H
Cx H-I z
u, z o
Ld p •-•
0 £ H
0 £ <
O OS
Z U "-I
O 0,
H-l I- CO
H Z U
•* <£ 2
J «J
-JL> &4 It
as
os a as
o z
O <£ ..
Z CO H
O OS H-l
H-I ua >
CO H H-I
CO U H
w je o
as 2 o
-j as Q
U  H
H-I Z W
CO •*) Z


.
m

U
_J
33
<
H
































































































at

IB
o
-g
4.J
C
ai
P3



ou
<





at


c
O
*J
j:
c
<0

ai

0,
<
z







41
u ai
>,
JS
a.
• *4
IX
w
i
u
C
0]

cu a.
<
z

































* -K
f^ ^o
m i^
1 O • 1
0 0








* O 0 ^
in -* O O
 ^-\
1 VM 4J 10 CM
1> B HI U 10 |
L. -OSS
3 U CO 3S ~ ^
U 3_ .. .. ._|
*fl — ' ao u
u a
QJ «-l tj >
Q. JS CO
S 00 fl) o
01 -i —i
H -J a, ,%»


• • > •
— CM to ,J





































































































































































m o
o —

??


<3j *4
U* 14-1
•-4 --4
e c
00 00
•p4 '^4
CO CO

* *
«
121

-------
The Plant-Epiphyte Conmunity

     Phillips (1974) reported a production  range of  10  to  1200  g  dry  plant
biomasa m~^ y~* for temperate graaa  flats.  Assuming a  mean  Z carbon  (dry
biomaaa) of 36.4 (see Chapter 2), the range would be approximately  3.6  to 437
gC m~2 y~l.  More recent annual estimates for  temperate eelgraas  communities
comparable to our study area report  350 gC m~2 for "I. marina in a North
Carolina grass bed (Thayer ££ a_K 1975).  Using Penhale's  estimates (Penhale
1977) for vascular plant and epipyte productivity for the  same  eelgraas
ecosystem, plant-epiphyte annual production wild equal 402  gC  m~2.   Penhale's
estimates were based on ^C uptake experiments.  If, as Bittaker  &  Iverson
(1976) report, **C estimates net carbon fixation and as Lindeboom & deBree
(1982) suggest, **C may underestimate gross productivity by  502 for these
seagrasses, Penhale's estimate is very similar to our plant-epiphyte  annual
net production estimate of 452 gC m~2 (Table 2).  This  suggests that
respiratory demand by this autotrophic component is dominated by  the  vascular
plant and would equal approximately  482 of  annual gross production.   Orth and
Moore (1982) report data from our study area on aboveground  plant standing
crop over  16 consecutive months covering  two yearly growing  seasons.  Using
their aboveground biomass data and the reported mean aboveground  to
root/rhizome biomass ratio of 1.0 (Chapter  2), net production in  the  Z_. marina
dominated community would equal approximately  264 gC m~2.  If we  assume that
the difference between our estimate  and Orth et al.  (187 gC  m~2)  represents
leaf mortality, then approximately 41Z is potentially available for transport
out of the seagrasa system.  For the 70 ha  Z_.  mar int. bed at  our study site,
export could provide approximately 130 metric  tons rf carbon per  year to
contiguous waters.

     The plant-epiphyte component dominates tota' community  metabolism  in
winter, spring and early summer with the  highest respiratory demands  occurring
after the  spring growing season.  The significant correlations  between
aboveground plant biomass and respiration of the plant-epiphyte,  and  benthic
components (Table 2) suggests a strong, direct interaction between  macrophyte
and sediment metabolism.  Based on the work of Wetzel and  Penhale (1979)  the
two most likely mechanisms appear to be gas transport,  primarily  02,  to the
rhizosphere supporting aerobic, microheterotrophic processes and/or
extracellar release of dissolved compounds  by  the root/rhizome  system during
the warmer months.  This tentative explanation is in part  supported by
sediment ATP studies reported elsewhere (see Chapter 2) which indicate  that
both the depth distribution ( g ATP  cc~l; 0 to 30 cm depth)  and total
concentration (pg ATP nf2) parallel  the general bi-modal growth pattern of Z,
marina at  this study site.  However, even if all respiratory demand of  the
plant-epiphyte and benthic components are  -nported by aerobic oxidation of
vascular plant organic matter, a significant fraction of plant  production must
be  lost to burial or exported from the system  for the component to  be mass
balanced.  Based on the comparison between  harvest data (Orth and Moore,  1982
and our rate estimates, we suggest at this  point that a possible  major  route
is  tidally-mediated, advective transport.

The Plankton Community

     Comparative investigations of phytoplankton productivity and plankton
community  dynamics in shoal and shallow tidal  areas  of  estuaries  are,
                                      122

-------
surprisingly, relatively few.  Moat eatuarine  phytoplankton research haa been
concentrated in the deeper, openwater areas.   For  the  Chesapeake Bay,  a
reasonable annual production estimate would  appear to  fall  in  the range 100 to
200 gC m*2 (Patten e^£l_. 1963; Flemer  1970; Haas  1975;  McCarthy jst  al . 1975).
Our groas annual estimate of 488 gC m~2  in the seagrass  bed (Table iTT
suggests that either these habitats have  significantly greater phytoplankton
production than adjacent open-water areas or our estimates  are biased  by the
winter season values.

     At the preseltt we have only limited  and indirect  evidence to support
either of the above.  Thayer et_ jaJL (1975) report  data that indicates  the
phytoplankton community contributes approximately  30Z  to total autotrophic
production where the total was partitioned among eelgrass and  epiphytes,
phytoplankton and benthic algae.  Our estimate of  31Z  using the same principal
components agrees very well with their  preliminary assessment.   Independent
measures of phytoplankton photosynthesis  from  our  study  site (Wetzel et al.
1979) in summer and fall using **C radiotracer techniques indicate a July
average of 170 mgC m~3 h~l and an October average  of 93  mgC m~^ h~^.   These
agree well with our range of values for net  apparent productivity (77  to 225
mg C m~2 h~l) using oxygen.  Also, based  on  the **C studies, the principal
component of the phytoplankton are the  nanoplankton (15  m  and less) which
account for 67 to 83Z of ^C photosynthesis  and A3 to  100Z  of  the chlorophyll
a_ standing stock (Wetzel e_t fj^. , 1979).   Our tentative conclusion is that
phytoplankton photosynthesis and production  is generally increased in  these
shallow water habitats.  This effect, if  confirmed by  further  investigation,
likely results from the phytoplankton residing in  more favorable light
conditions throughout the photoperiod, e.g. using  the  ^C data  reported  by
Wetzel et_ £K  (1979), Ik - 86 yuE m~2  sec~*  (SD+12, n-8) which is  lower  than
typical ambient conditions throughout  the  shallow  water column.   The  higher
plankton productivity may also result  from more  favorable nutrient  conditions
due to high remineralization rates  (e.g. Nixon 1981) and spatial  juxtaposition
between photosynthesis and nutrient regeneration in the seagrass  bed.

     Seasonally, plankton production  compliments the plant-epiphyte component.
Plankton metabolism dominates the total  from mid-summer through early fall
when the vascular plants are dying back.   During the second  fall  growth  period
both components contribute approximately equally to total community
metabolism.  However, on an annual basis plankton  respiration and gross
production are approximately balanced; 488 versus  434  gC m~2, respectively.
If we assume, as a maximum, autotrophic  respiration is 102 of gross
production, then phytoplankton production  supports a relatively large
planktonic heterotrophic community.   The annual  P/R ratio of 1.1  suggests  that
production and consumption are tightly coupled over an annual cycle within the
plankton component and are dynamically quite different than  the plant-epiphyte
component .

The Benthic Algal Community

     Due to the general lack of hard  substrates  in Chesapeake Bay,  benthic
primary production is dominated by sediment microalgae.  Annual estimates  of
production for a variety of sediment  types  generally range between  100  and 200
gC m~2 (Pomeroy 1959; Grontved 1960;  Pamatmat 1968; Marshall e£ fl_. 1971;
                                      123

-------
Riznyk and Phinney 1972; Cadee and liegemen  1974,  1977; Gallagher  and  Daiber
1974; van Raalte and Valiela 1976; Joint 1978; Zedler 1980).   Comparative
measures of production and respiration  for  different substrate types  in
Chesapeake Bay shoal areas have only recently been reported  (Rizzo  and Wetzel,
unpubl. ms.).  For five different but geographical   close sediment types,
they report an annual gross production  range of 107 to 224 gC  m~2 with a
subtidal eelgrass site estimated at Ib7 gC  m~2.   Considering the  high degree
of spatial and temporal variability associated with these measures  (Rizzo and
Wetzel, unpubl. ms), our annual estimate of 225 gC m~2 is consistent  with
these data.  We estimate that the benthic microalgae contribute approximately
14Z to total annual production which i» approximately two fold greater than
Thayer et_ al_. (1975) estimate of 8Z.

     Seasonally, '.. jnthic productivity and respiration represent a relatively
constant proportion of the total.  As for the plankton community, respiration
appears dominated by microheterotrophs.  The apparent discrepancy between
benthic annual gross production and respiration probably results  from our
respiration measures omitting macroheterotrophic  contribution,  i.e. amphipods,
isopods and other motile, small mollusc and crustaceans probably  escaped
enclosure by the benthic chambers.  Orth and van  Montfrans (1982) report
densities of individuals in these groups from 1.0 x 10^ to over 1.0 x 10^ m~2.
Therefore, benthic production and consumption are probably more closely
balanced than suggested by our estimates.

                                    SUMMARY

     Total community metabolism of a temperate, Zostera marina seagrass
community is both structurally (i.e., principal components involved)  and
temporally partitioned among the seagrass-epiphyte assemblage  and the
planktonic and benthic microalgae.  There is a remarkably similar division  in
terms of percent contribution to estimated  annual values for both Chesapeake
Bay and North Carolina systems where the principal structural  component, Z_.
marina, exists near its southern range  limit.  The data suggest that  for gross
annual production, the sascular plant-epiphyte complex contributes  between  50
and 60Z to the total, the plankton, 30Z and the benthic algae  10  to 25Z.

     Respiration balances production for the plankton and more than likely  for
the benthic community.  Assuming that microalgae  respiration,  both  benthic  and
planKtonic, is 10Z or less of gross production, the data indicate that
heterotrophs dominate respiratory metabolism and  more than likely directly
graze the autotrophic component.  Therefore, coupling between  production and
consumption in these two subsystems is  quite different than the plant-epiphyte
component and probably supports secondary production to a greater extent than
suggested by standing stock estimates alone.

     Our results also suggest that failure  to include microalgae  in estimates
of community productivity and respiratory processes might well  result in
significant underestimates of total primary production in seagrass  meadows  and
omit components that may support heterotrophic processes equal to or  perhaps
greater than the direct vascular plant  contribution.  The generality  of this
conclusion awaits further and certainly more detailed study  (particularly with
reference to temporal scales).  However, qualitatively the conclusion appears
                                      124

-------
warranted for many aeagraaa ecosystems and where comparative data do exiat,
our findings are consistent.
                                      125

-------
                               ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

     We would like to express our appreciation to  those who  aided directly  in
conducting these studies; Frederick Hoffman,  Ann Evans, M. E,  Bender  and  R.  F.
van Tine.  The cooperation and land use provided by Jack Watts,  Donald  Hammond
and Lloyd Outen is also greatly appreciated.  We thank Drs.  K. L. Webb, P.  A.
Penhale and R. J. Orth, for their reviews and insightful comments made  in
manuscript preparation.  Especial thanks are  due M. Castagna,  J. Kraeuter and
J. Moore of VIMS, Eastern Shore Laboratory, Wachapreague, Virginia  for  their
many and varied contributions in support of these  studies.   Financial support
for these studies was provided by grants to R. L.  Wetzel from  the U.  S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Chesapeake Bay Program, Grant nos. R805974
and X0003245-1 and the Virginia Institute of  Marine Science, Gloucester Point,
Virginia.
                                      126

-------
                                 LITERATURE CITED

Bit taker, H. F. 1975.  A comparative study of the phytoplankton  and benthic
     macrophyte primary productivity in a polluted versus  an unpolluted
     coastal area.  M.S. Thesis, Florida State Univ.,  167  pp.

Bittaker, H. F. and R. L. Iverson.  197b.  Thalassia testudinum  productivity  a
     field comparison of measurement methods.  Mar. Biol.  37:39-46.

Borum, J. and S. Wiurn-Anderson.  1980.  Biomaas and production of epiphytes on
     eelgrass (Zostera marina L.) in the Oresund, Denmark.  Ophelia (Suppl.),
     1:57-64.

Cadee, G. C. and J. Hegeman.  1974.  Primary production of the benthic
     microflora living on tidal flats in the Dutch Wadden  Sea.   Netherlands J.
     Sea Res.  8:260-291.

Cadee, G. C. and J. Hegeman.  1977.  Distribution of primary production of the
     benthic microflora and accumulation of organic matter on a  tidal flat
     area, Belgcand, Dutch Wadden Sea.  Netherlands J. Sea Res.  11:24-41.

Capone, D. G., P. A. Penhale, R. S. Oremland, and B. F. Taylor.  1979.
     Relationship between productivity and N2 (02^) fixation in a Thalassia
     teatudinum community.  Limnol. Oceanogr.  24:117-125.

Cattaneo, A. and J. Kaeff.  1980.  The relative contribution of  aquatic
     macrophyte and their epiphytes to the production  of macrophyte beds.
     Limnol. Oceanogr. 25:280-289.

Dillon, C. R.  1971.  A comparative study of the primary productivity of
     estuarine phytoplankton and macrobenthic plants.  Ph.D. Thesis Univ.
     North Carolina, 108 pp.

Kleiner, D. A.  1970.  Primary production in the Chesapeake Bay.  Ches. Sci.
     11:117-129.

Gallagher, J. L. and F. C. Daiber.  1974.  Primary production of edaphic algal
     communities in a Delaware salt marsh.  Limnol. Oceanogr.  19:390-395.

Grontved, J.  1960.  On the productivity of microbenthos and phytoplankton in
     some Danish fjords.  Medd. Dan. Fish. Havunders   3:55-92.

Mass, L. W.  1975.  Plankton dynamics in a temperate estuary with observations
     on a variable hydrographic condition.  Ph.D. Thesis,  College of William
     and Mary, 202 pp.

Hargrave, B. T.  1969.  Epibenthic algae production and community respiration
     in the sediments of Marion Lake.  J. Fish. Res. Bd. Canada  26:2003-2026.
                                     127

-------
Joint, I. R.  1978.  Microbial production of  an  estuarine mud flat.   Est.
     Coastal Mar. Sci.  7:185-195.

Jones, J. A.  1968.  Primary productivity by  trophical marine  turtle grass,
     Thalassia testudinum Konig and its epiphytes.  Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. Miami,
     196 pp.

Lindeboom, H. J. and B. H. H. deBree.   1982.  Daily production and  consumption
     in an eelgrass (Zoatera marina) community in saline Lake  Grevelingon:
     discrepancies between the 02 and  14C method.  Report to Delta  Institute
     of Hydrobiological Research, Yerseke, The Netherlands, 24 pp.

Marshall, N., C. A. Oviatt, and D. M.  Skauen.  1971.  Productivity  of the
     benthic microflora of shoal estuarine environments in southern New
     England.  Int. Revue gea. Hydrobiol.  56:947-956.

McCarthy, J. J., W. R. Taylor, and M.  E. Loftus.  1975.  Significance of
     nanoplankton in the Chesapeake Bay estuary  and problems associated with
     measurement of nanoplankton productivity.   Mar.  Biol.  24:7-16.

McRoy, C. P.  1974.  Seagrass productivity:   carbon uptake experiments in
     eelgrass, Zoatera marina.  Aquaculture   4:131-137.

McRoy, C. P. and  C. McMillan.  1977.   Production ecology and  physiology of
     seagrasses, pp. 53-87.  In:  C. P. McRoy and C.  Helfferich (eds.).
     Seagrass Ecosystems:  A Scientific Perspective,  Marcel Dekker,  Inc., New
     York.

Neinhuis, P. H., 1980.  The eelgrass (Zostera marina  L.) subsystem  in brackish
     Lake Grevelingen:  production and decomposition  of organic  matter.
     Ophelia (Suppl.)  1:113-116.

Nixon, S. W., and C. A. Oviatt.  1972.  Preliminary measurements of midsummer
     metabolism in beds of eelgrass, Zosters marina.  Ecology   53:150-153.

Nixon, S. W.  1981.  Remineralization  and nutrient cycling in  coastal  marine
     ecosystems, pp. 111-138.  IN:  B.  Neilson and L. E. Cronin (eds.),
     Nutrient Cycling in Estuaries, Humana Press, Clifton, N.J.

Orth, R. J., and K. A. Moore.  1982.   The biology and propagation of  eelgrass,
     Zoatera marina, in the Chesapeake Bay, Virginia.  Final Grant  Report,
     Grant no. R805953, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,  Chesapeake Bay
     Program, Annapolis, M.D., U.S.A.,  195 pp.

Pamatmat, M. M.  1968.  Ecology and metabolism of a benthic community on an
     intertidal sandflat.  Int. Revue  ges. Hydrobiol.  53:211-298.

Patriquin, D. G.  1973.  Estimation of growth rate, production  and  age of the
     marine  angiosperm, Thaiassia testudinum Konig.   Carib. J.  Sci.
     13:111-123.

Patten, G. C., R. A. Mulford, and J. E. Warriner.  1963.  An annual
     phytoplankton cycle in the lower  Chesapeake Bay.  Ches. Sci.   4:1-20.
                                      128

-------
Penhale, P. A.  1977.  Microphyte-epiphyte biomass  and  productivity in an
     eelgrass (Zostera marina L.) community.  J. exp. mar. biol.  Ecol.
     26:211-224.

Phillips, R. C.  1974.  Temperate grata plots pp. 244-299.   IN:   H.  T.  Odua
     B. J. Cupel and and E. A. Mahan  (eda.), Coaatal Ecological  Systerna  of the
     United States, Vol. 2, The Conservation Foundation, Washington,  D.C.,
     U.S.A.

Poneroy, L. R.  1959.  Algal productivity  in salt marshes of Georgia.   Limnol.
     Oceanogr.  4:386-397.

Riznyk, R. Z. and H. K. Phinney.  1972.  Manotnetric assessment  of interstitial
     microalgae production in two estuarine sediments.  Oecologia  10:193-203.

Thayer, G. W., S. M. Adams, and M. W. LaCroix.   1975.   Structural and
     functional aspects of a recently established Zostera marina  community,
     In, pp.  518-546.  L. t. Cronin  (ed.), Estuarine Research,  Vol.  1,
     Academic Press, New York.

van Raalte, C. D. and  I. Valiela.  1976.   Production of epibenthic  salt marsh
     algae:   light and nutrient limitation.  Limnol. Oceanogr.  21:862-872.

Wetzel, R. L., K. L. Webb, P. A. Penhalr,  R. J.  Orth, D. F.  Boesch, G.  W.
     Boehlert, and J.  V. Merriner.   1979.  The  functional ecology of  submerged
     aquatic  vegetation in the  lower Chsapeake  Bay.  Annual  Grant Report Grant
     no. R805974, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Chesapeake  Bay
     Program, Annapolis, MD., U.S.A., 152  pp.

Wetzel, R. L., R. F. van Tine,  and P. A. Penhale, 1982b.  Light and  submerged
     macrophyte communities  in  the Chesapeake Bay:  A scientific  summary.
     SRAMSOE  260, Virginia Institute of Marine  Science, Gloucester  Point,  VA.,
     U.S.A.,  58 pp.

Wetzel, R. G.   1964.   A comparative  study  of the primary productivity  of
     higher aquatic plants, periphyton, and phytoplankton in a  large  shallow
     lake.  Int. Revu  ges. Hydrobiol.  49:1-61.

Wetzel, R. G. and R. A. Hough.  1973.  Productivity and role of aquatic
     macrophytes in lakes:  an  assessment.  Pol. Arch.  Hydrobiol.  20:9-19.

Wetzel, R. G. and P. A. Penhale.  1979.  Transport  of carbon and  excretion of
     dissolved organic carbon by leaves and root/rhizomes in seagrass  and
     their epiphytes.  Aquatic  Bot.  6:149-158.

Zedler, J. B., 1980.   Algal mat productivity:   comparisons in a salt marsh.
     Estuaries  3:122-131.

Zieman, J. C.  1974.   Methods for the study of  the  growth and production of
     turtle grass, Thalassia testudinum Konig.   Aquaculture  4:39-143.
                                      129


-------
                        Chapter 4

PRELIMINARY OBSERVATIONS ON NUTRIENT ENRICHMENT AND LIGHT
 REDUCTION EFFECTS ON ZOSTERA MARINA L. EPIPHYTIC GROWTH
               L. Murray and R. L. Wetzel
          Virginia Institute of Marine Science
              and School of Marine Science
               College of William and Mary
               Gloucester Point, VA  23062
                           130

-------
                                  ABSTRACT

     The short-term effects (two weeks) of nutrient enrichment and ambient
light (PAR) reduction on Zostera marina epiphytic growth was evaluated using
a flow-through aquaria system with transplanted, epiphyte-free (scraped)
plants collected from a nearby seagrass meadow in the lower Chesapeake Bay.
Nutrient effects (ambient, 30 and 70 times ambient) resulted in a twofold
increase in epiphyte biomass.  Light reduction (ambient and ca. 50Z
reduction) also resulted in a positive growth response by the epiphytic
community.  There was a significant, positive interactive effect between
nutrient enriched and light reduction treatments.  Light attenuation due to
epiphyte growth ranged from approximately 45Z to greater than 70Z for a low
light-high nutrient treatment.  Attenuation of this degree is sufficient to
reduce light available for macrophyte photosynthesis to a range reported as
compensating intensities for Zostera marina.  By the end of the experiment,
epiphytic microalgae accounted for greater than 90Z of both gross and net
apparent productivity estimates in the high-nutrient, low-light treatment.
The combined effects of increased nutrients and reduced light favor epiphytic
growth in the absence of other controls (i.e. grazing and alleopathy).  This
results in decreased macrophyte productivity and growth and overtime, would
eventually lead to plant mortality.
                                     131

-------
                                INTRODUCTION

     The interactions between submerged aquatic macrophytes and associated
epiphytes range from nutrient transfer relationships (Harlin  1973,  1975;
MeRoy and Goering 1974; Wetzel and Penhale 1979) to epiphytic  light
attenuation (Sand-Jensen 1977).  Sand-Jensen (1977) suggested  that  shading
due to epiphytic growth on blades of the eelgrass, Zostera marina,  inhibited
photosynthetic carbon fixation by the macrophyte.  Microalgal  films on  leaf
surfaces are potentially competitors for inorganic carbon, gas diffusion
barriers and light attenuating (both quantity and quality) interfaces.  Algal
populations generally exhibit rapid and increased growth with  nutrient
enrichment (Welch et al. 1972; Ferguson et al.  1976) and, for  eelgrass,
epiphytic growth consists primarily of diatoms  and filimentous algae
(Sieburth and Thomas 1973; van Montfrans et al. in press).  Thus, the
interactive effects of increased dissolved inorganic nutrients and  increased
shading concomitant with epiphyte growth on leaf surfaces may  potentially act
as a significant control on macrophyte photosynthesis and biomass production.

     For example in some freshwater systems, Phillips et al.  (1978) found
that diatom growth on the macrophyte Najas marina increased threefold with
the addition of fertilizer (N:P-10) at a rate of 2.0 g P m~2 yr"1.  Slides
allowed to colonize in the same waters showed an 842 decrease  in light
transmission.  Sand-Jensen and Sondergaard (1981) working in  lakes  of varying
nutrient levels reported that epiphytic growth  increased 200  times  in lakes
ranging from low to high ambient nutrient concentrations.  These authors
concluded that increased epiphytic growth could ultimately lead to mortality
of the macrophyte due to extremely reduced light availabe for  macrophyte
photosynthesis.  The studies also reported low  phytoplankton concentrations
corresponding with nutrient enrichment and suggested that the  phytoplankton
are outcompeted by attached, epiphytic algae and played a minor role in water
column light attenuation.

     Photosynthetically, light saturation ranges from ca. 200-300  p.E m~^
see"* for £. marina (McRoy 1974; Penhale 1977;  Chapter 2).  For a Z. marina
bed in the lower Chesapeake Bay, mean daily in  situ light intensity during
the early groing season is below this range although the data  are quite
variable (Chapter 2).  Thus, reduction in ambient light levels by 80Z due to
epiphyte attenuation as suggested by Phillips et al. (1978) and Sand-Jensen
and Sondergaard (1981) would lead to plant mortality.  Furthermore, diatoms,
(the principal epiphytic component on Chesapeake Bay seagrasses (van
Montfrans et al., in press; Murray, unpubl. data) exhibit photosynthetic
light saturating intensities (20-50 (JE m~* hr~*) much lower than Z_. marina
(Taylor 1964; Ignatiades and Smayda 1970; Levin and Mackss 1972; and Admiral
1977), indicating a significantly lower liy.ht requirement and  a competitive
advantage under reduced light regimes.

     Although epiphytic growth may potentially  decrease macrophyte
photosynthesis, total community productivity may remain high.  The  result may
be a shift from macrophyte-d&minated to epiphyte-dominated productivity as

                                     132

-------
long as the macrophytes are  able  to  survive.   The  interactive effects of
increased nutrients and reduced light,  although  negative  relative  to
macrophyte photosynthesis, may, overall,  result  in stimulation of  autotrophic
production in these communities due  to  increase  microalgae  biomass and
productivity.

     Based on these hypothetical  and to some  extent,  demonstrated,
interactions, our studies were undertaken to  1)  investigate epiphyte growth
on Zostera marina leafs under controlled  nutrient  and light levels,  2)
estimate light attenuation due to epiphytic growth on the leaf surface,  and
3) estimate the  productivity of the  macrophyte and epiphyte components under
controlled nutrient and light regimes.

                             METHODS  AND MATERIALS

Experimental Design

     Zostera marina plants were collected from a mesohaline area of  the  York
River eubestuary of the Chesapeake Bay.   Plants  were  returned to the
laboratory and cleaned of epiphytic  growth by gently  scraping the  leaf
surfaces with a  flat  spatula and  then  individually planted  in pots containing
cleaned sand.  Twenty-four individually potted plants were  placed  in each  of
six, 10 gallon flow-through  aquaria.  The  aquaria were incubated on a larger,
flowing sea water table to maintain  ambient temperature.  The following
experimental treatments were used:   two aquaria  (numbers  1  and 2)  had in situ
(control) nutrient  levels; two aquaria  (numbers  3  and 4)  had nitrogen levels
30 times ambient and  two aquaria  (numbers 5 and  6) had nitrogen levels 70
times ambient.   Nutrient amendments  were  added according  to the Redfield
ratio and tank concentrations were maintained by metering stock solutions  of
47 mM ammonia nitrate and 6  mM disodium phosphate  into the  aquaria with  a
multi-speed transmission peristaltic pump.  Metering  rates  were monitored
daily to assure  constant treatment throughout the  experiment.  Three of  the
tanks, numbers 1, 3 & 5, were shaded with nc-jtral  density screening  to in
situ light levels (i.e. light levels normally experienced by the natural
community). The  other three  tanks, numbers 2, 4  &  6,  were shaded to  50!  of
the in situ control levels.  Water quality parameters measured over  the
course of the study included dissolved  oxygen (rag  I"1), temperature  (*C),
salinity (o/00), and  light as photosynthetically active radiation  (PAR:  E
m~^sec~*). Oxygen concentration was  determined with an Orbisphere  Oxygen
Monitor (Model #2604).  Temperature  and salinity were monitored daily using a
nax-min reversible  thermometer and salinity determined using a refractometer.
Light measurements, taken continuously  pver the  photoperiod, were  made with a
Li-COR Quantum Meter  (Model  number 135A)  at the  level of  the plant canopy
top.  Concentrations  of nitrate,  nitrite, ammonia  and orthophosphate were
determined on replicate water samples  from each  tank  using  standard,
Technicon Auto Analyzer techniques at  the beginning,  mid, and final  dates  of
the experiment.  The  experiment was  conducted for  a total of 2 weeks and kept
relatively short to minimize enclosure  effects.

Treatment Effects

     To determine epiphytic  biomass  on  _Z. marina leaves,  8  plants  were
randomly sampled from each tank at the  end of the  2 week  period and  the  leaf
                                      133

-------
surfaces scraped into filtered sea water.   Plant  leaves  cleaned in this
fashion were periodically checked for reroval  efficiency by examining random
samples using epiflorcsent microscopy.   Based  on  observation,  removal
efficiency was greater than 90Z and  for  the majority of  samples no epiphytic
growth was observed on the leaf surface  following scraping. There was also
no observable evidence of plant tissue damage  by  the technique.   The
epiphytes were then collected by filtration onto  preweighed glass fiber
filters (Whatman GF/C), dried at 60 *C, and  weighed to  the nearest 0.01 mg.

     To estimate light attenuation due to epiphytic growth, two etched
plexiglass slides were placed in each of the tanks and allowed to colonize
for the duration of the experiment.  Light  measurements  before and after
colonization were made by placing the slide over  the quantum sensor (in
water) of the Li-Co r Quantum meter.  The difference in the two values (Z
change) was used to estimate the light reduction  due to  epiphytic growth.

     Treatment effects on plant and  epiphyte productivity was  evaluated by
incubating samples of unscraped and  scraped plants from  each tank in  light
and dark 300 ml BOD bottles.  All samples were incubated in triplicate. The
bottles were incubated in their respective  tanks  for a period  of four hours
during maximum solar insolation (1000 to 1400  hours EST).   Oxygen
concentration was measured at 0, 2 and 4 h  with the Orbisphere using  a
polarographic probe equipped with a  collar  designed to fit and seal  into the
opening of a standard BOD bottle.  Epiphyte productivity was calculated as
the difference between colonized and cleaned leaves thus the estimates are
minimum.  Productivity for both plant and epiphyte are reported as the mean
      g (dry weight olant)'1 hr~* .
     To estimate  treatment effects on  plant  growth,  initial  and  final
measurements of shoot length, fresh weight and  leaf  number were  determined  on
eight random plant  samples from  each tank.

                                   RESULTS

     Routine sampling data (Table  1) indicated  little  variation  among  tanks
for temperature (26-31 *C), salinity (20-21 °/oo),  and  midday dissolved  oxygen
concentrations (10-18 mg 1   ).   Average midday  PAR measurements  in  the
light-control tanks  (1, 3 and 5) ranged from 422  to  490 /a E m~2 sec"1 and  in
the shaded  tanks  (2, 4 and 6) ranged from 180 to  220 /jE m~2  sec"1 or about
43Z of the  control  light levels.  Average nutrient concentrations over  the
experiment  show that for the controls  tanks  (1  and 2)  nitrogen: phosphorus
(N:P) ratios were approximately  7:1 while in the  nutrient amended tanks (3,
4, 5 and 6) were  18:1 and maintained according  to intended design.

     Initial and  final total plant weight (g wet  weight plant"1) and final
epiphyte biomass  (g  dry weight plant'1) are  given in Figure  1.   There  waa no
significant differences ( "0.05) in mean whole  plant weight  changes over  the
course of the experiment although all  mean final  values were lower  than
initial conditions.  Epiphyte biomass  (g dry weight  plant'1) at  the end of
the experiment was  approximately equal  in tanks 1 through 5. Tank  6 was
higher and  differed  significantly from all others.
                                      134

-------
TABLE 1.  MEAN MIDDAY DISSOLVED OXYGEN,  NUTRIENT CONCENTRATIONS  AND LIGHT
          (PAR) INTENSITY IN THE EXPERIMENTAL TANKS.   ENTRIES ARE MEAN OF
          ALL OBSERVATIONS MADE OVER THE TWO WEEK STUDY.

Tank
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
°2 ,
(mg 02 i~l)
11.9
9.52
16.7
10.7
18.5
10.5
(uM)
0.49
0.49
7.74
7.97
13.4
15.1
N02 •»• N03
(uM)
1.19
0.71
72.3
68.4
128.
142.
(uM)
3.57
2.69
59.6
67.1
129.
142.
N:P
(uM) d
7.67
6.94
17.0
17.0
19.2
19.1
PAR
470
180
422
188
490
220
                                      135

-------
;»M6i3M Xjp 6)  J.H9I3M  31AHdld3
b
i
H
X
S2 £
" 3
[_J INITIAL PLANT W
^ FINAL PLANT WEI
I
O
fO (VJ
0 0
1 i

• li

t— C
K-
x t— A— i
(j C 	 ...
u M
0 0
1 j


H^^SS^SS
1-


^sV\V\^\1x\\A>'Ai
* K^-.
Ul
t-
OL ' 	 {>— '
~^$
£
a
i i .i
i 
-------
     Since epiphyte biomaaa is dependent on  plant  aurface  area,  the  ratio
(E:P) of epiphyte biomaaa (g dry weight) to  plant  leaf biomaaa (g  dry  weight)
was used for data reduction and test  for treatment  effects.   The effect  of
ambient light reduction and nutrient  treatment on  epiphytic  growth is
illustrated in Figure 2.  In the shaded tanks, epiphytic growth  averaged ca.
70Z higher than in  corresponding control treatments.  In  each light
treatment, epiphytic growth per plant  increased with  increased nutrient
level.  In the control light tanks the greatest increase occurrred between
ambient and nutrient level 1, while in the shaded  tanks the  greatest  increase
was between nutrient level 1 and nutrient level 2,  suggesting a  interactive
effect.  Overall, the shaded tanks had a greater increase  in epiphytic growth
with increased nutrients.

     Table 2 summarizes the results of simple pair-wise comparison of mean
ratios blocked by treatment and gives  the probability that the mean ratios
are different.  It is obvious that there are significant differnces  in mean
ratios due to the light and nutrient  treatments.   Because  the calculated
t-statistics are negative for all comparisons using the blocking design
illustrated, both decreased light and  increased nutrient level had positive
effects on the ratio and thus epiphyte growth.  Table 3 summarizes the
results of analysis of variance using  an ANOVA Model  I with  fixed  effects.
As indicated, there were highly significant  main effects and a lower but
significant light-nutrient interactive effect.

     The degree of light attentuation due epiphyte  growth, i.e.  colonization
on the test plates, is presented in Table 4.  The  data suggest that nutrients
have a greater effect than incident light reduction (i.e.  shading
treatments).  Figure 3 illustrates the relationship between  epiphytic  Z  light
reduction and the E:P ratio.  Percent  light  reduction increased  by an  average
of 58Z in the nutrient enriched treatments (dotted  line),  while  in the shaded
treatments remained constant (solid line).   The data  suggest that  percent
light reduction due to epiphytic attenuation remains constant over the
shading treatments but increases logarithmically with increasing nutrient
levels.  Overall, there is an increase in percent  light reduction  with an
increase in epiphyte biomass that appears to asymptotically  approach an  upper
limit probably governed by leaf surface area.

     Figure 4 summarizes the productivity estimates for macrophyte leaves and
epiphytes. The 1st bar in each group  represents total apparent net
production, the 2nd bar respiration,  and the 3rd bar gross production.   The
top area of each bar is epiphyte and  the bottom macrophyte contribution
respectively.  In tanks I, 2, 3 and 4, epiphyte and macrophyte net and gross
productivity are approximately equal.  Tanks with  the highest nutrient
concentrations (5 and 6), show a significant increase in total productivity.
While there is only a slight decrease  in macrophyte productivity over all
treatments, epiphyte productivity accounted  for approximately 90Z  of the
total in tanks with the highest nutrient concentration under both  control and
shaded light regimes.  Respiration remained  low and relatively constant  for
both epiphytes and macrophytes in treatments 1 through 4 but  macrophyte
respiration tended to increase in tanks 5 and 6, suggesting  stress.
                                     137

-------
A
4.0-

^ 3.0-
ui
•M
IX
SM^
o 2-°"
-»->
O
cc
Q. 1.0-
LoJ
o -J
NUTRIENT LEVEL
70x
T



30x
Ox I
^ m f\
M t
r«-
^1^
^
^
g
i
i







12 34 56
TANK
B
4.0-
^
"5 3.0-
41
IX
.2 2.0-
^
cc
^ 1.0-
Ul
Q
LIGHT REDUCTION
50%
I

CONTROL
rill5! *M
* M
fl li
^
I


tank 135 246
nutrient Ox 30x 70x Ox 30x 70x
figure 2.  Resulting mean (^ 1 S.D.; n-8) epiphyte  (g dry weight  to  plant  leaf
           (g dry weight biomass ratio  following  the atudy.  The  upper  panel
           is grouped by light regime and the  lower panel by nutrient treat-
           ment for convenience.
                                     138

-------
TABLE 2.  SIMPLE PAIR-WISE TESTS OF MEAN EPIPHYTE:   PLANT LEAF BIOMASS
          RATIO DIFFERENCES BLOCKED BY LIGHT (PAR)  AND NUTRIENT
          TREATMENTS.




Blocks
a. Light


Mean
Comparison
Test
(tanks i-j)
1-2
3-4
5-6


d.f.l
(n)
14
14
14





t-





P2
statistic (x£ J
-3
-1
-2
.14
.18
.70
>
>
>
.995
.800
.990



Xj)



b.  Nutrients
1. In situ PAR 1-3
3-5
1-5
2. 50Z In siut PAR 2-4
4-6
2-6
14
13
13
14
13
13
-2.2
-0.714
-6.56
-1.49
-2.20
-3.43
>.975
>.750
>.995
>.900
>.975
>.995

1.  d.f. = degrees of freedom for test statistic.

2.  P * probability that the two means are significantly different.
                                     139

-------
TABLE 3.  MODEL I ANOVA (FIXED EFFECTS) FOR NUTRIENTS, LIGHT AND
          INTERACTIVE EFFECTS ON EPIPHYTE:  PLANT LEAF BIOMASS RATIOS.

Source
Nutrients
Light
Nutrients X Light
Error
Total
df SS
2 13.1
1 9.97
2 1.55
40 5.33
45 29.9
MS F
6.54 49.1**
9.97 74.8**
.777 5.83*
.133


 * Significant @  - 0.05

** Significant @  - 0.01
                                     140

-------
TABLE 4.  TREATMENT EFFECTS ON EPIPHYTIC BIOMASS (A), x I? DRY '-'£.
          PLANT"1 (••• S. E.) AND LIGHT REDUCTION DUE TO EPIPHYTES
          (COLONIZATION OF SLIDES) (B), x PERCENT DECREASE (+ S. E.),

A.
Light 0
Control 47.4
(3.8)
Shaded 91.6
(13.6)
B.
Light 0
Control 43.6
(3.78)
Shaded 45.1
(1.41)
Nutrients*
1
110.
(24.0)
166.
(24.2
Nutrients*
1
70.2
(7.39)
67.0
(0.071)

2
128.
(11.5)
215.
(58.3)

2
76.3
(0.85)
68.3
(3.00)

* 0 - Ambient,  1 = 30X, 2 = 70X
                                   141

-------


'c
o> _
E c
«- 01
• * 0,2 O.E
A = H .£ o
/I « « S
/I c «- c i
/ o £ o*-
/ a 2 a,.
/ (A W «> £.

j J? 3 S ?
/ w Z w -i
/ 0^0
/ 0 O
/ °
/ z I
/ UJ 1
/ «» 1
/ ^ 1
/
/
/ r
/ SN^
/
\
Nl" X
\ v
X. T
^>. I
^\ \
\ \
\. \
^^ \
X>. \
^^\
v.1
• —



o o o o
00 ^ ^J ' C\J

o
o
fO





o ^
c

^1
£L

J
•o
O1
~—
0 ^
_o -J
<^ ^.
^
Q.
a
LU
*
•a
O ^
_ifl
~ CO
01
0
00
O UJ
-0 >-
^ ^
]-
a.
al

UJ

o
-IT)
O





A •
*-2
o <->

w * j:

o •
•^ • •-
*a Z
' JT o c
CL*f* 4)
•- * -Q a
OU 4J
4t *M ^
9 4)
o t» w
U -^ *J

^S u *J
« B B
W *B V •
s ~> •* «
•x u e
u a «
W •• 6 9
fcl V u
« W M) <0
X B V
e js — u
0 Q. -o u
w a o u
o 4) CL .£
3 « BO
•O 6 U ••<
W V U
B 0 00
U U B
£ 73 ••*
00 B W 73
•H  *^ V CO
3M X «
— H 73
•
tn
u
3
M
• *4
(*•

142

-------
                                                   Z
                                                   4
                                                           c
                                                           V
                                                           u
                                                           O.-O
                                                           o. e
                                                        >< o e
                                                        u  w
                                                        s: i

                                                        1£o
                                                        u .e ••*
                                                        a. a. «


                                                        M 9
                                           01 u
                                         « « 1-1
                                                        O
                                                        Wi  u
                                                        oo e
                                              u •
                                                «
                                              to u
                                                        «•• — »  B
                                                        o  a.   -H
                                                             x u
                                                        »  x u  «
                                                        « .a ••-  41
                                                        
-------
     Table 5 summarizes changes  in various  meriscic  characteristics for the
macrophytes.  All plants show a  net  loss  in weight and  shoot  length following
the experiment.  Plants in ambient nutrient concentrations  show a net gain of
ca. 1 leaf per plant, while there is  an average  loss of ca.  1  leaf and ca. 2
leaves in nutrient  levels  1 and  2 respectively.

                                 DISCUSSION

     Submerged aquatic macrophytes are a  principal autotrophic component of
many freshwater, estuarine and marine ecosystems.  Epiphytic  growth on these
living surfaces generally compliments vascular  plant production and, as
Penhale (1977) points out, may provide a  significant autotrophic input to the
resident heterotrophic community.  On the otherhand, the autotrophic
component of the epiphytic community also functions  as  a compeditor for
light, inorganic carbon and dissolved inorganic  nutrients as  well as a
physical diffusion  barrier.  The major controls  influencing  epiphytic growth
on seagrasses  probably result from the interactive effects  of light, nutrient
supply, grazing and alleopathy.  In  a preliminary  fashion,  we have tested the
short term effects  of the  first  two  of these.

     Photosynthesis-light relationships for microalgae  and  the vascular plant
are quite different.  Light saturating intensities  for  microalgae
photosynthesis are  much lower than for Che  vascular  plant (Taylor 1964;
Ignatiades and Smayda 1970; Levin and Mackas 1972; and  Admiral 1977).
Therefore, from a competitive standpoint, the microalgae are  at the advantage
under many estuarine light conditions.  For Z_. marina dominated communities
in the lower Chesapeake Bay, the epiphytic  microalgae are probably not
light-limited  while the vascular plant may  be  for  a  significant part of the
year (see Chapter 2).  The results of this  study and the experimental
conditions under which  it was run indicate  a significant, positive response
to reduced ambient  light by the  epiphytic community. The control light
levels of ca.  460 pE m~* sec"1 (Table I)  are well  above saturating for both
epiphyte and vascular plant, however, light available for "L.  marina
photosynthesis was  probably in the range  115-250 jaE  m~* sec"'  if the
colonized slides accurately estimate 2 light reduction  due  to epiphy.ic
growth (Figure 3).   These  PAR levels are  suboptimal  particularily for the
nutrient enriched treatments.  The shaded-treatments light  levels of ca. 200 |I
E m~2 sec"' (Table  1) are  above  saturating  for  the microalgae and but below
saturating intensities  for the vascular plant.   Light available under the
shaded treatments for Z_. marina  photosynthesis  was probably in the range
60-110 p.E m~2  sec"1, well below  saturating, and  very near the reported range
for compensating light  intensities of 50  to 100  pE m~2  sec"*  (see Chapter 2).
For the control nutrient treatments,  epiphyte  growth increased approximately
two-fold with  shading.  The mean Z light  reduction of 45X due to epiphytic
growth under ambient light and nutrient conditions suggests that for the
intact community, in situ  light  regimes must be  near 400 ^E m~^ sec~l
reaching the plant  canopy  top for maximum rates  of vascular plant
photosynthesis to be realized.   These light intensities are not typical at
the plant canopy top for Z_, marina dominated seagrass meadows in the
Chesapeake Bay.  Thus the  plant  community may be light-limited during the
growing season due  both to water column and epiphytic light attenuation.  The
                                      144

-------
TABLE 5.  TREATMENT EFFECTS FOLLOWING THE TWO WEEK STUDY ON VARIOUS
          MERISTIC PARAMETERS FOR Z. MARINA.  ENTRIES ARE THE MEAN
          +1 S.D. (n=8).          ~
A.
                     #  R  wet  wt.  plant
                                     Nutrients
         Light

         Control
                   -.21
                   (.22)
 1

-.44
(.20)
 -.04
 (.08)
         Shade
                   -.25
                   (.29)
-.19
(.13)
 -.14
 (.08)
 B.
                     #shoot  length  (cm)
                                     Nutrients
Light

Control


Shade
                             0
                              -1.2
                              (0.9)

                              -1.9
                              (1.1)
 1

-0.3
(2.0)

-1.8
(3.0)
 0.42
(0.61)

 -1.3
 (1.1)
 C.
                              #leaf no.
                              Nutrient s
          Light

          Control
                    •-0.88
                     (.35)
-0.50
 (.31)
 -1.50
  (.51)
          Shade
                    HO.88
                     (.35)
-1.14
 (.55)
 -1.71
  (.48)
                                   l'*5

-------
relative in aitu rolea of each of these sources of  light  attenuation  remains
poorly understood.

     Nutrient effecta and interactions are even less well  underatood.
Nutrient dynamics in these temperate seagraaa communities  have been poorly
inveatigated.  Zostera marina dominated communitiea in  the lower Cheaapeake
Bay generally inhabit sand-silt sediments having organic matter
concentrationa ranging from 2 to 4 Z dry weight and pore-water nutrient
concentrations of 100-125 pM N-Nfy* and £ 1.0 pM N-N<>3  in  the top  10  cm  of
sediment (Wetzel et al.  1979).  These data and the  general obaervation  that
water column concentrationa are low (K. L. Webb, personal  communication,
1982) suggest that the principal route for plant uptake  ia via the
root-rhizome system. Orth (1977) demonstrated a rapid *ud  positive growth
response by Z. marina to  in situ sediment application of a commercial
fertilizer indicating that lower Chesapeake  Bay communitiea are nutrient
limited.  In general, the kinetic relationships of  nutrient utilization  by
seagraaaea have only been described to a limited extent  (MeRoy et  al. 1972;
McRoy and Alexander 1975; Penhale and Thayer 1980).  However, the  conaenaua
seems to be that pore-water concentrationa represent a  source of several
weeks supply while water  concentrationa are  negligible  (Patriquin  1972).
Recycling and new supplies mu«t, it appears, provide the principal nutrient
sources (Capone et al. 1979).

     Without knowing the  kinetic properties  of nitrogen  and phosphorus uptake
across the leaf surface,  the apparent short-term response  to increased
dissolved inorganic nitrogen and phosphorus  concentration  demonstrated  in our
studies was attributable  to the epiphytes which resulted  in rapid  growth.
The  increased nutrient supply did not result in either  increaaed vaacular
plant growth (Table 5) or apparent photosynthesis (Figure  4).  For all
comparisons, increased nutrient supply resulted in  increaaed epiphytic growth
that asymtotically approached a maxima probably governed by leaf aurface  area
(Figure 3).  For  the higher nutrient treatments, greater  than 90Z  of  gross
and  net apparent productivity was attributable to epiphytic microautotropha
(Figure 4).  There ia an  obvious interactive effect between decreased light
and  increaaed nutrients  both of which favor  epiphytic growth and would thus
negatively affect vascular plant growth and  photosynthesis.

     Other controls on epiphytic growth, i.e. grazing and  vascular plant
alleopathy which  function to surpress the negative  effecta of epiphytic
growth, have only recently been investigated for seagraases.  In subtropical
Thalassia testudinum graasbeds, Zimmerman et al (1979)  report data for
grazing by gammaridean amphipods on various  organic matter sources including
epiphytic microalgae.  Their reported rates  for ingest ion  of epiphytic
microalgae (ca. 1 mg (algae) nig"1 (amphipod) day"*) are  in a range which  at
least theoretically could control epiphyte growth although studies that  have
attempted to link epiphyte production and grazing (secondary utilization) are
lacking.  For lower Chesapeake Bay i. marina communitiea,  van Montfrana  et
al.  (in press) have shown that grazing by the proaobranch  gastropod,  Bittium
varium, can effectively  remove the epiphytic community.   They have suggested
that this biological control may be singularily important  with regard to
vaacular plant growth  in  some bay areas.  Because our experimental design
excluded grazing  by macroheterotrophs, we can only  conclude that in the
                                      146

-------
absence of grazing, the epiphytic community under both  ambient  and  altered
light-nutrient regimes exercises some degree of control over  Z. marina
photosynthesis and ultimately production by the community.

     Alleopathy in aquatic plants has recently been reviewed  by Szcezpanaki
(1977).  He concluded that for at least some aquatic species, evidence for
alleopathy is strong.  Two studies with Z_. marina indicate  that actively
growing, unstressed leaf tissue produces an algal inhibitor (Sand-Jensen
1977; Harrison and Chan 1980).  From our experimental design, we  are  not  able
to distinguish an alleopathic response except to note that  any  treatment
combination which might be assumed to cause plant stress resulted in
increased epiphyte growth. This may in part be explained by reduced
alleopathy rather than directly attributable to light and/or  nutrient
treatments.  At the present we are not able to distinguish  the  two.

     In summary, these results indicate that epiphytic  growth under
conditions of no grazing can limit plant photosynthesis and growth.   Ambient
reduction in available light and/or increased dissolved inorganic nutrient
supply interact to favor epiphytic growth and further limit seagrass
production.  Under extreme conditions this would ultimately lead  to increased
plant mortality and eventually demise of the entire community.  For
Chesapeake Bay Z_. marina communities, which appear naturally  light-stressed,
any factor or combination of environmental perturbations that might favor
enhanced epiphytic growth (i.e. reduced light, increased nutrients or
relaxation of grazing pressures) would ultimately effect changes  in the
distribution and relative abundance of the species.
                                     147

-------
                              ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

     We would like Co extend our appreciation to all who have  contributed  to
this study.  Our special thanks go to Kr. Damon Delistraty  and Frederick
Hoffman for help with maintenance and sampling of the microcosms  and  to  Mr.  J
van Montfrans and R. J. Orth for the use of  their seawater  tables and
flow-through system.  Especial thanks are due Drs.  R. J. Orth, P.  A.  Penhale
and K. L. Webb for critically reviewing earlier drafts of the  manuscript.
For their editorial and secretarial assistance, we  gratefully  acknowledge  the
efforts of Ms. Carole Knox and Nancy White.
                                      148

-------
                                 LITERATURE CITED

Admiral, W.  1977.  Influence of light and temperature on the growth rate  of
     estuarine benthic diatoms  in culture.  Mar. Biol.   39:1-9.

Capone, D. G., P. Penhale, R. S. Oremland and B. F. Taylor.  1974.
     Relationship between productivity and N£ (€^^2^ fixation in  a Thalassia
     tentudinum community.  Limnol. Oceanogr. 24:117-125.

Ferguson, R. L., A. Collier and D. E. Meeter.   1976.  Growth response  of
     Thalassiusia paeudonana Hasle and Heimdal  Clone 3H  to illumination,
     temperature and nitrogen source.  Ches. Sci.  17(3):148-158.

Harlin, Marilyn M.  1973.  Transfer of products between  epiphytic marine algae
     and host plants.  J. Phycol. 9:243-248.

Harlin, M. M.  1975.  Epiphyte host relations in seagrass communities.
     Aquatic Bot.   1:125-131.

Harrison, P. G. and A. T. Chan.  1980.  Inhibition of the growth  of microalgae
     and bacteria by extracts of eelgrass (Zostera marina) leaves.  Mar. Biol.
     61:21-26.

Ignatiadea, L. and  T. J. Smayda.  1970.  Autecological studies on the  marine
     diatom Rhizosolinia fragilissima Bergon.   I.  The influence  of light,
     temperature, and salinity.  J. Phycol. 6:332-339.

Lewin, J. and D. Mackas.  1972.  Blooms of surf-zone diatoms along the coast
     of the Olympic Peninsula, Washington.  I.  Physiological investigations
     of Chaetoceroa armatum and Asterionella socialis in laboratory culture.
     Mar. Biol. 16:171-181.

McRoy, C. Peter.  1974.  Seagrass productivity, carbon uptake experiments  in
     eelgrass, Zostera marina.  Aquaculture 4:131-137.

McRoy, C. P., R. J. Barsdate and M. Nebert.  1972.  Phosphorus cycling in  an
     eelgrass (Zostera marina L.) ecosystem.  Limnol. Oceanogr.
     18(6):998-1002.

McRoy, C. Peter and J. J. Goer ing.  1974.  Nutrient transfer between the
     seagrass Zostera marina and its epiphytes.  Nature  Vol. 248:173-174.

McRoy, C. P. and V. Alexander.  1975.  Nitrogen kinetics in aquatic plants  in
     Arctic Alaska.  Aquatic Bot.  1:3-10.

Orth, R. J.  1977.  Effect of nutrient enrichment  on growth of the eelgrass
     Zostera marina in the Chesapeake Bay, Virginia, U.S.A.  Mar. Biol.
     44:187-194.
                                      149

-------
Patriquin, D. G.  1972.  The origin of nitrogen  and  phosphorus  for  growth of
     the marine angioaperm Thalasaia testudinum.   Mar.  Biol.  15:35-46.

Penhale, Polly A.   1977.  Macrophyte-epiphyte biomass  and  productivity in an
     eelgrasa (Zoetera marina L.) community.  J.  exp.  mar.  biol.  Ecol.
     26:211-224.

Penhale, P. A. and  G. W. Thayer.  1980.  Uptake  and  transfer  of carbon and
     phosphorus by  eelgraas (Zostera marina  L.)  and  its  epiphytes.   J.  exp.
     mar. biol. Ecol.  42:113-123.

Phillips, G. L., D.  Eminson and B. Moss.   1978.   A mechanism  to account  for
     macrophyte decline in progressively eutrophication  freshwaters.   Aquatic
     Hot., 4:103-126.

Sand-Jensen, K. 1977.  Effect of epiphytes on eel grass photosynthesis.
     Aquatic Bot. (3):55-63.

Sand-Jensen, K. and M. Sondergaard.   1981.   Phytoplankton  and epiphyte
     development and their shading effect on submerged macrophyte in lakes of
     different nutrient status.  Int. Revue  gea.  Hydrobiol. 66(4):529-552.

Sieburth, John McN.  and Cynthia D. Thomas.   1973.  Fouling  on eelgraas
     (Zostera marina L.).  J. Phycol. 9:46-50.

Szczepanski, Andrzej J.  1977.  Allelopathy  as a measure of biological  control
     of water weeds. Aquatic Bot. 3:193-197.

Taylor, W. Rowland.  1964.  Light and photosynthesis in  intertidal  benthic
     diatoms.  Helgol. Wiss. Meeresuntes.   10:29-37.

Tukey, J.  1977.  Exploratory Data Analysis. Addison  Wesley  Publ.  Co.,
     Reading, Mass.

van Montfrans, J, R. J. Orth and S.  A. Vay.   1982.  Preliminary studies  of
     grazing by Bittium varium on eelgraas periphyton.  Aquatic Bot.  (in
     press).

Welch, E.  B., R. M.  Emery, R. I. Malsuda and W.  A. Dawson.   1972.  The
     relation of periphytic and planktonic algae growth  in  an estuary to
     hydrographic  factors.  Limnol.  Oceanogr.   17:731-737.

Wetzel, R. G. and P. A. Penhale.   1979.  Transport of  carbon  & id  excretion of
     dissolved  organic carbon by leaves and  roots/rhizomes  in seagrasses and
     their epiphyton.  Aquatic Bot.,  6:149-158.

Wetzel, R. L.,  R. F. van Tine and  P.  A. Penhale.  1981.  Light  and  submerged
     macrophyte communities in the Chesapeake  Bay:  A  Scientific  Summary.
     SRAMSOE 260.   College of William and Mary,  Va.  Inst.  of  Mar. Sci.,
     Gloucester Point, Va.  58 pp.
                                     150
                                                                     A

-------
Wetzel, R. L., K. L. Webb, P. A. Penhale,  R. J.  Orth, D.  P.  Boeach,  G.  W.
     BoehlerC and J. V. Merriner.   1979.   The  functional  ecology  of  aumberged
     aquatic vegetation in the  lower Chesapeake  Bay.  Report  to EPA/CBP
     (R805974).  U. S. Environmental Protection  Agency, Philadelphia, Pa.   152
     PP.
Zimmerman, R., R. Gibson  and J.  Harrington.   1979.   Herbivory  and  detritivory
     among gammaridean  amphipods  from a  Florida  seagrasa community.   Mar.
     Biol.  54:41-47.
                                     151

-------
                             Chapter 5
FUNGI AND BACTERIA IN OR ON LEAVES Of EELGRASS (ZOSTERA MARINA L.)
                        FROM CHESAPEAKE BAY
                         Steven Y. Newell
              University of Georgia Marine Institute
                   Sapelo Island, Georgia  31327
                                 152

-------
                               ABSTRACT

     Samples of green and brown leaves of eelgrasa  (Zoatera marina  L.)
were incubated in aeawater without an additional  carbon  source.
Parallel leaf samples were used for acridine orange bacterial  counting
and water-soluble aniline blue estimation of fungal biovolume.   The
incubations produced no evidence that there is  an eelgrass counterpart
for the chyCridialean symbiont which is very common in turtlegrass
(Thalasaia testudinum Konig).  Sterile mycelium (i.e., living  mycelium
without identifiable propagules) was the most prevalent  fungal  form on
incubated samples from submerged sites, whereas Dendryphiella  salina
and Sigmoidea sp. (marina?) were prevalent on brown leaves from the
wrack line.  Attempts to assay fungal biovolume in  field  samples
indicated that the sterile mycelium observed after  incubation
represented the outgrowth of  formerly dormant propagules  or weakly
established microcolonies.   It was calculated that  fungal biomass
could not account for more than 0.5Z of leaf mass,  and it was  probably
much smaller than this, for  no fungal structures  were observed  even in
concentrated leaf homogenates.  Bacterial densities fell  within  the
range reported for other paniculate substrates.  A speculative
estimate „ • bacterial productivity was 1.4 x the  standing stock  per
day.
                                   153

-------
                                 INTRODUCTION

     As a part of their study of decomposition of turtlegrass (Thalaasia
testudinum Konig) leaves, Newell and Fell (1980) addressed the question of  the
magnitude of the fungal role in this process.  Their findings indicate that
(i) the most common active fungus of turtlegrass leaves is a rhizomycelial
chytrid, apparently a symbiont of the living leaves; and (ii) hyphomycetes  and
ascomycetes are not major decomposers of leaves which decay in submerged
sites.  Newell and Fell speculated that the chytrid (Nowakowskiella or
Cladochytrium sp.) might be capable of causing disease under conditions of
stress to the host plant, and so might be responsible for the wasting disease
of eelgrass (Zostera marina L.) if it or a related  form were present in
eelgrass.  I report here a test of the hypotheses that (i) there is an
eelgrass counterpart of the rhizomycelial chytrid of turtlegrass; and (ii)  the
hyphomycetes and ascomycetes reported in eelgrass (Huges 1975; Johnson and
Sparrow  1961; Jones 1976; Kohlmeyer and Kohlmeyer 1979) are active decomposers
of submerged eelgrass leaves, as the interpretation of Fell and Newell (in
press) of the glucosamine data of Thayer et al. (1977) might suggest.  The  1st
hypothesis was tested by seawater incubation of leaf samples (Newell and Fell
1980).   The 2nd hypothesis was tested by seawater incubation and by
direct-count estimation of bacterial and fungal biovolumes (S.Y. Newell and
R.E. Hicks, in press).

                             MATERIALS AND METHODS

Collection and Initial Processing

     Collections of eelgrass leaves were made  at eight stations on a 200 m
transect perpendicular to the shoreline across the  width of a belt of eelgrass
beds on  the eastern shore of Chesapeake Bay (37'25'N; 76*51*W) in July 1980.
Water temperature was 29*C, and salinity was 19 to  22°/oo.  Station I was at
the outermost (bayward) edge of the bed, station 8  at the innermost (shorward)
edge, where the Zoatera zone graded in the Ruppia maritima L. zone.  In
addition, leaves were collected from two sites (9 and 10) within the wrack
line on  the shore at the level of the most recent high tide.  At each site,
leaves of two types were collected; mature, green,  attached (except wrack,
sites) leaves, and brown, detached leaves.  Leaves  were not scraped or rinsed;
the eelgrass  leaves at this location had a much smaller epiphyte or sediment
load than did the turtlegrass and cordgrass leaves, respectively, of the
studies  of Newell and Fell (1980) and Newell and Hicks (in press).  However,
the eelgrass  leaves collected for the present  biovolume measurements were
stored in RFFSW, a bacteria-free (0.2p« filtered) 22 solution of formaldehyde
in seawater 20°/oo at 4*C until processed (2 weeks  later).  This storage
liquid was not included with the sample at the time of homogenization.
Therefore, the storage BFFSW served as a rinse before the preparations, and
the bacteria  counted were those most firmly attached.
                                      154

-------
Frequency of Fungal Occurrence

     Park (1972;   1974) and Suberkropp  and  Klug  (1976)  recommend ambient water
incubation of natural samples as one means  of  identifying  active aquatic
mycoflorat.  I used this method  as described by  Newell  and Fell  (1980).
Briefly, Zostera leaves were collected  in sterile bags,  and duplicate
subsamples (15 mm  ) were aseptically removed from each  leaf and  placed in
dishes of filter-sterilized seawater (50 ml per  dish)  from sampling sites.
Incubation was  for  17 to 21 days  in the dark at  25  to  30*C.  Penicillin  G
(0.05Z), streptomycin sulfate  (0.051).  cholestrol (0.5  ppn),  and FeSO^ (2.0
ppm) were added to  the  aeawater  before  filter-sterilization for  reasons
discussed by Newell and Fell (1980).  Entire surfaces  and  peripheries  of
samples were searched (at  a magnification of x50 to x400)  for sporangia,
perithecia,  and conidia after  incubation.   Thraustochytrids were not recorded
because of their similarity to  protozoan cysts in unbaited natural  samples,
but labyrinthulids  were recorded, because of their  possible connection to the
wasting disease of  eelgrass (Johnson and Sparrow 1961;  Pokorny 1967; Rasmussen
1977).

Direct-counting and Biomvolume  Estimation

     Leaves  for biovolume  estimation were processed as  described for Spartina
alterniflora leaves by Newell  and Hicks (in press).  Briefly, two leaf samples
(one green and one  brown)  of measured surface  area  (4,800  mm') from each
station were homogenized (rocor-stator, model  BEW-5 Polytron Waring blender
attachment)  at  low  speed (15,000  rpm)  for 3 min  in  100  ml  of  BFFSW.
Homogenates  were  filtered  through a 250-m mesh screen.   Filtrates were used to
make acridine orange bacterial  preparations (Hobbie et  al. 1977; Rublee  et  ai.
1978) or water  soluble  aniline  blue (WSAB)  fungal preparation (28;  as  modified
by Newell and Hick, in  press).   These are polycarbonate membrane filtration
(Nuclepore)  techniques, and direct microscopic counting is performed under
epifluorescence illumination.   The modifications of the Paul  and Johnson
(1977) technique weie:  (i) 0.2-jaun pore size Nuclepore  filters were used in
place of 0.4-pm filters ; (ii) the 0.2-pon filters  were stained  in  irgalan  black
(0.2Z in 2Z  acetic  acid) before use; (iii)  the sample  homogenates were stained
in WSAB for  30 min  before  filtration; and (iv) the  filters plus  sample were
mounted in low-fluorescence  immersion oil rather than  dried.   Mycelium from
the seawater incubation dishes  was used as  a control to verify the  capacity of
the WSAB to  form  fluorescent tnycelial-WSAB  complexes.   In  addition to  the WSAB
preparations, cleared membrane  filters  (Millipore Corp.) (Hannsen et al. 1974)
and concentrated (settling for  several  hours)  homogenatea  were prepared  with
WSAB and examined  for funal structures  by epifluorescence  and phase-contact
microscopy.  Lengths and width  of bacterial cells were  measured  at  x2,000,  and
individual volumes  (Baath  and  Soderstrom  1979) were calculated as cylinders.
The coefficient of  variation  for bacterial  counts averaged 45t.   Blank
filtrations  gave counts which  were less than  1% of  sample  counts.  The
frequency of dividing cells (FDC) was estimated  as  described  by Hagstrom et
al. (1979);  cells with  clear invaginations  but not  a clear separatory  space
were counted as dividing cells.   Filamentous bacterial  cells  which  were  longer
than the width of  the microscope  field  projection of one subsection of the
eyepiece grid used  in counting  (1 'J pirn)  or which  consisted  of  chains of cells
                                      155

-------
or both were not included  in total or FDC counts.   They  iomed  only » small
proportion of cells counted (UZ).

     Retentates (250 jam) were dried  and weighed  for comparison  with weights of
unhooogenized leaves, as an estimate or inefficiency of  homogti.iiztti - i i'Kewr.1
and Hicks, in press).   Retentate weights averaged  56.3 + 6.6Z  (standard error,
n " 10) of original sample weights,  similar  to the  value of  65.7Z found for
leaves of S_. alterniflora  by Newall  and Hicks (in  pr ss).  A small  portion
«0.1Z) of each 250- m  retentate was suspended in  hrfbW  and  used  to estimate
retention of bacterial  cells.   Staining (aciidine  orange)  and  filtering
procedures were like those used  for  the filtered homogenates.   Bacterial  cells
were counted on microscopically  estimated surface  areas  of particles.

Statistical Analyses

     The G-test of Sokal and Rohlf (1969) was used  in comparison  of fungal
frequencies of occurrence.  Mean bacterial counts  were subjected  to analysis
of variance after transformation ( X + 0.5)  (Sokal  and Rohlf 1969).

                                     RESULTS

Frequency of Occurrence Fungal  Species

     There was no evident  trend  of changing  frequency of occurrence of any
fungal species over the transect, except between submerged sites  and
wrack-line sites.  Therefore, data from each of  these two  types of  site were
pooled for presentation in Table 1.  Only the species listed in Table 1 were
recorded at greater than  10* for submerged or wrack sites  for  either  leaf
color.  There was no evidence of zoosporic fungi,  neither  chytridiomycetes nor
oomycetes, in any of the samples with  the exception of Labyrinthula sp.,  which
was recorded only one cc.  Sterile mycelium  (i.e.,  living  mycelium  without
identifiable propagules) and Cladosporium sp. were the prevalent  forms on
samples from submerged  sites, and they occurred  at  statistically  equivalent
frequencies on the wrack-line material.  Occurrences of  Sigmoidea sp.,
Dendryphiella salina (Sutherland) Pughet Nicot,  and Varicosporina ramulosa
Meyers et Kohlmeyer were  largely limited to  wrack-line samples, where the two
former species had the  highest  frequencies recorded on brown leaf samples.
Acremonium sp. and Lulworthia sp. were relatively  rare.

Descriptive Note

     The species of Sigmoidea Crane  (1968) which was observed  at  high
frequency on emersed intertidal  eelgrass leaves  was probably Sigmoidea marina
(Haythorn et al. 1980)  but  in t'."- ee' grass species, the  conidia were  often
curved in more than one plane,  as with the conidia of Angui1lospora Ingold
(1942).  This feature was  not included  in the description of Z. marina.  A
further problem here stems from the  fact that the  original description of the
genus Sigmoidea  (Crane  1968) referes to the  conidiophorea  as phialides or
aleuriophores.  There  is no evidence of phial id  (Kendrick 1971) conidium
production in S_igmo_id_ea_ sp.  from «?el grass of j>.  marina as  described by
Haythorn et al.  (1980). Cultures of Sigmoidea sp.  from  eelgrass  are  available
upon request from the author (as culture no. SAP 9).
                                      156

-------
TABLE I.  FREQUENCY OF OCCURRENCE ON SAMPLES OF  EELGRASS  LEAVES  AS  RECORDED
          AFTER SEAWATER INCUBATION.

Species or form
Sterile mycelium
Sigmoidea sp.*
D. salina*
Ciadospor ium sp.
Acretnonium sp.
V. ramulosa*
Lulwortliia sp.
Fungi absent*
Frequency of occurrence on:
Green leaves Brown leaves
Submersed Wrack Submerged Wrack
75a 50a 70a 40a
Oa I0a Oa 60b
Qa oa 33 5Qb
38'i 10a 33a 40a
isa ioa 53 20a
0* 20b Oa 20b
10a Qa j^a Qa
lOab 20n Oa Oa

a.  Asterisk after specios n.inc  indicates detection of significant
    (P ^0.05) differences anone  frequencies  for types of  samples.  For each
    species, frt-quonr L.'S bc.Trinj; Lht> sant> superscript letter were not
    s ipn i f i<_ant 1 v diffc-rent.

b.  The number of leaves from t'.ich of which  two replicate samples were
    taken:  both types <• f submerged, 40; both types of wrack,  10.
                                   157

-------
Bacterial Counts and Volumes

     Total numbers of bacterial cells calculated  for  the  filtered  (250-po mesh
screen) eelgrass-leaf homogenates and for the  250-m retentates  are  presented
in Table 2.  Calculated values  for denisty of  bacterial cells per  square
millimeter of leaf surface are  also given.  Densities of  bacteria  on  green
leaves were statistically equivalent (X • 2.0  x  10^ cells  per tnm2  of  leaf
surface) and two to three times lower than densities on brown leaves,  except
on brown leaves from the wrack  line.  There was  a statistically significant
gradient in bacterial density on brown leaves  from bayward  to shoreward edges
of the bed, with the lowest value being found  for wrack-line leaves.   Mean
bacterial cell volume did not differ significantly between  green leaf and
brown leaf samples; overall mean volume was 0.32  + O.lOum^  (95Z confidence
interval) per cell).

     The 250  m retentates contained only a very  small percentage  of  the  total
bacterial cells (Table 2); the  range was 0.03  to  0.7Z for  green leaves and 0.1
to 0.6Z  for brown  leaves.  Homogenization appears to  be a satisfactorily
efficient means of releasing adherent bacteria from the type of leaf
substrate.

     Frequencies of dividing bacterial cells were 7.2Z for  green leaves and
7.62 for brown leaves.  Decisions regarding what  were and  what  were not
dividing cells were more difficult than when counts are made of water column
samples  (Hagstroin  et al 1979; S. Y. Newell and R.  R.  Christian,  submitted for
publication), primarily because many of the bacteria  in the eelgrass  samples
were long rods (although mean cell length was  only  1.5 p.m)  with indentations
which may or may not have been  constrictions leading  to division and  because
the background in  the eelgrass  samples was not as dark as  those obtainable
with water column  samples.

Fungal Volume

     All attempts  to estimate fungal biovolume produced the same result;  no
structures were observed which  could be identified as fungal.   This was true
of all  types of sample, green and brown, submerged and wrack line.  The only
fluorescent structures in WSAB  preparations were  clearly  pieces of  eelgrass
(cell walls were green fluorescent^ or algae (orange  to red fluorescent).
Under phase-contrast microscopy, no hyphae, conidia,  or pieces  of  ascocarp
were seen, even in the settled  concentrates.

                                  DISCUSSION

     The complete  absence of zoosporic fungi in  100 samples of  green  eelgrass
leaves  indicates that there  is  no counterpart  in  eelgrass  for symbiotic
rhizomycelial chytrid of turt1fgrass.  Since only one point in  time and one
geographical  location were sampled, this cannot  be stated definitively, but  it
should  be noted that the chytrid symbiont of turtlegrass  was recorded at  high
frequencies (70 to 98Z, n »  79) in both winter and summer from  three  widely
separated geographical locales  (Newell and Fell  1980).  Thus, the  suggestion
by Newell and Fell  (1980) that  a symbiotic rhytrid might  be responsible for
the wasting disease  of eelgrdss is probably wrong.
                                      158
                                                                                        .* 1

-------
TABLE 2.  TOTAL NUMBER OF BACTERIAL CELLS IN HOMOGENATES OF EELGRASS LEAVES
          AND BACTERIAL CELLS PER SQUARE MILLIMETER OF LEAF SURFACE.
              1+23
       Total no.  of bacterial cells in:

   Green leaves                Brown leaves

3+43  5+63 7+fta  9+ioa   \+ia 3+43 5+fta   y+ga 9+10*
Filtrateb     2.*>

Retenatec     0.8

Leaf surface^ 2.7
1.9a  2.3a 1.6a  1.43

0.8   0.7  0.8   n. 9

2.0   2.4  1.7   1.4
5.5c 6.JC 4.4b  3.8*> l.&

8.7  7.4  8.4   7.2  9.5

5.9  6.5  4.5   3.9  1.7
a.  Surfaces on transect.  Stations 1  to 8 were submerged sites; stations 9
    and 10 were wrack-line sites.

b.  Undiluted hoiiogenate after filtration through 250-^JUn mesh screen; data
    is given as the total number of cells x 10^.  East superscript letter
    designates means which are not s icni f icant ly different from one another
    (P N
c.  Material collected on a '2iO-fjrn nesh screen; data is given as the total
    number of cells x 10^.

d.  Data ^iven as the total nunbor .if cells x  10^ per mm^ of leaf surface.
                                   159

-------
     The pattern of occurrence of  fungal  species  other  than  that  for
chytridiomycetes is similar for eelgrass  and  turtlegrass  (Newell  and  Fell
1980).  Sterile mycelium dominated  samples of decaying  leaves  ;rom submerged
sites, and JD. salina was recorded  at high frequency  from  sandy, high
intertidal sites.  On eelgrass, D.  salina was accompanied at high frequency by
Sigmoidea sp. in the high  intertTdal (wrack-line)  zone.   For turtlegraas
leaves from submerged sites, Newell  and Fell  (1980)  found chat
control-validated, leaf-surface, sterilization greatly  reduced  recordings  of
mycelial fungi.  This finding was  taken by Newell  and Fell (1980) to  mean  that
fungi other than, perhaps, the rhizomycelial  chytrid are  not active
decomposers of submerged turtlegrass leaves.   In  contrast, the  high  frequency
of conidial fungi which Newell and Fell (25)  found in intertidally decaying
turtlegrass leaves, even after surface sterilization, was interpreted as an
indication of a possible active role of higher fungi in the  breakdown of
leaves deposited on the shoreline.   One could infer  from  the present  fungal
frequency data that the same situation exists for  eelgrass.

     My findings regarding fungal  biovolume  in eelgrass leaves  support the
inference from species occurrence  data, that  fungi are  not active decomposers
of eelgrass leaves  in submerged sites.  Since there  is  little or  no  fungal
biomass present in these decomposing leaves,  fungi cannot be converting
eelgrass matter into  fungal matter.  Newell  and Hicks (in press)  estimated the
volume of fungi in dead leaves of  S_. alterniflora, using  the same sample
volumes and microscopic handling as were  used in  the eelgrass determinations
of this study.  Their estimate of  fungal  volume in Spartina  leaves was about
1/3  of the leaf volume, indicating a dry  fungal biomass of 0.2  to 0.5 g/g  of
dry  leaf.  Comparison of average counts of hyphal  intersections with  an
eyepiece grid  for the Spartina samples and  for eelgrass samples suggest that
fungal biomass in eelgrass was less  than  12  of that  estimated for Spartina
leaves (i.e.,  <0.005  g/g of dry leaf).  Since no  fungal structures were seen
even in concentrated  eelgrass leaf homogenates, the  fungal fraction  of
eelgrass leaf mass was  probably much lower  than 0.52.

      Since wrack-line eelgrass biovolume  samples  were just as void of fungal
structures as  were  samples from submerged sites,  the implication  is  that there
is no more fungal biomass  produced in wrack-line  litter than in submerged
litter, in spite of the suggestion to  the contrary from species occurrence
data.  However, both  green and brown leaves  of the wrack-line samples were
probably from  recently deposited  leaf  litter, since there were  many  green
leaves within  the piles of litter,  and eelgrass leaves  rapidly  turn  black
under desiccating conditions (personal observations).   Therefore, fungal
invasion of this intertidal material may  have been just getting under way.
Since deposition of seagrass  leaves in wrack lines may  account  for a major
share of leaves detached  (18, 36)  this is a  question worth pursuing.

      Production of  saprotrophic microbial biomass on submerged  eelgrass leaves
is apparently  limited to bacteria.   Standing stocks  of  adherent bacteria
increased by  2 to 3 times  as leaves aged  from green mature to detached brown
states, ranging from  about I to  7  x 10^ cells per mm^ of  leaf surface.  This
translates to  2 to  14 x  10^ cells  per  g of  dry leaf, using leaf area-mass  data
from this study and adjusting  for  leaching  in BFFSW.  Brown  leaves in the
recently deposited wrack  show 2  to 3 times  smaller bacterial standing stocks
                                      160

-------
Chan submerged brown leaves, perhaps another  sign of  a change  toward  an
environment favoring fungal activity.  Using  the mean bacterial  cell  volume
for eelgrass (0.32 nr*) and the conversion  factor for biovolume  to  biomass
given by Ferguson and Rublee (1976; 0.28 g  (dry weight) per cm^),  I calculate
that the standing stock of adherent bacteria  is about 2 x  10"^ mg/mm2 of green
leaf surface and 4 to 6 x 10~5 mg/nnn2 of submerged brown leaf  surface (• 4  x
10"^ mg of dry bacteria per mg (dry weight) of green  leaves and  7  to  11 x
mg for submerged brown leaves).  This represents only 0.04 to  0.112 of leaf
mass, and so could account for very little  of the elemental chemical  content
of the leaves, just as found for other marine litter  (Hobbie and Lee  1980;  Lee
et al 1980; Rublee 1978; but see Morrison  et  al 1977).  Apparently, the high
glucosamine content of detrital Zostera leaves (about 9 mg of  glucosamine per
g of ash-free dry leaves) found by Thayer  et  al. (1977) is not  in  the form  of
living bacterial material, yet it may be a  result of bacterial deposition,  as
discussed by Hobbie and Lee (1980).

     I counted only tightly adherent bacteria on Zostera leaves; densities  of
bacterial cells on Spartina, Thalassia, and other types of litter  and
particulate detritus range up to 4 to 14 times the densities which I  have
recorded for Zostera (Lee et al 1980; Rublee  et al. 1978;  Newell and  Hicks, in
press; P. A. Rublee and M. R. Roman, submitted for publication).   However,
Harrison and Harrison (1980) reported range of bacterial concentrations of  2 x
10^ to 1 x lO-* cells per mar of surfaces of particles of Zostera leaves in
microcosms.  Kirchman et al. (1980) reported  that bacterial numbers on
surfaces of Zostera leaves from northern temperate waters  were approximately
107/cm2, and the values which I report here fall within the range  (5  x 10®  to
10*0 cells per g of dry substrate) of bacterial densities  cited  by Fenchel  and
Jorgensen (1977) for a wide variety of substrates, including Zostera  (Fenchel
1977).

     The standing stocks of bacteria on eelgrass are  not good  indicators of
bacterial productivity, if output of bacteria by predation, sloughing, etc.,
is substantial.  Using the FDC estimated for  eelgrass bacteria (about 7Z) and
the regression equation describing the relationship between FDC  and
instantaneous growth rate ( ) of marine bacteria (Newell and Christian,
submitted for publication; the equation:   In   - 0.299 FDC - 4.961),  I
calculate that instantaneous generation time  for bacteria  on the eelgrass
sarnies was 8.5 h.  If the standing stock of bacteria  was in steady state and
had no diel rhythm (a tenuous assumption;  see, e.g., Meyer-Reil  et al 1979;
Sieburth 1979), this would indicate a 24-h  output of  about 1.4x  the standing
stock.  However, there remain several unanswered questions regarding  the
validity of the use of FDC in estimating marine bacterial  productivity (Newell
and Christian, submitted for publication),  and use of the  FDC method  with
homogenized litter substrates may be invalid  due to the effect of
homogenization on dividing cells.  Therefore, the above productivity  estimate
is highly speculative and needf, testing by  alternative -nethods  (Fuhrman and
Azam 1980; Hanson 1980; Sieburth  1979).
                                      161

-------
                               LITERATURE CITED

Baath, E. and B. Soderstrom.  1979.  The significance of hyphal diameter  in
     calculation of fungal biovolume.  Oikos  33:11-14.

Crane, J. L.  1968.  Freshwater hyphomycetes of the northern  Applachian
     highland including Mew England, and three coastal plain  states.   Am. J.
     Bot.  55:996-1002.

Fenchel, T.  1977.  The significance of bactivorous protozoa  in the microbial
     community of detrital particles, p. 529-544.  In J. Cairns (ed.), Aquatic
     Microbial communities.  Garland Publishing,  Inc., Hew York.

Fenchel, T. and B. B. Jorgensen.   1977.  Detritus  food chains of  aquatic
     ecosystems:the role of bacteria.  Adv. Microb. Ecol.  1:1-58.

Ferguson, R. L. and P. Rublee.  1976.  Contribution of bacteria to standing
     crop of coastal plankton.  Litnnol. Oceanogr.  21:141-145.

Fuhrman, _•. A. and F. Azam.  1980.  Bacterioplankton secondary production
     estimates  for coastal waters  of British Columbia, Antarctica, and
     California.  Appl. Environ. Microbiol.  39:1085-1095.

Hagstrom, A., U. Larsaon, P. Horstedt, and S. Normark.   1979. Frequency  of
     dividing cells, a new approach to the determination of bacterial  growth
     rates  in aquatic environments.  Appl. Environ. Microbial.  37:805-812.

Hannsen, J. F., T. F. Thingstad and J. Goksoyr.   1974.  Evaluation of  hyphal
      lengths and fungal biomass in soil by a membrane  filter  technique.   Oikos
     25:102-107.

Hanson,  R.  B.   1980.  Measuring microbial  activity to  assess  detritial decay
     and utilization, p. 347-3^7.  In  K. R. Tenore and B. C.  Coull (ed.),
     Marine benthic dynamics.  University  of South Carolina Press, Columbia.

Harrison, P. G. and B. J. Harrison.  1980.  Interactions of bacteria
     microalgae, and copepods  in a detritus microcosm:through a flask  darkly,
     p.  373-385.   In K. R. Tenore  and  B. C. Coull  (ed.), Marine benthic
     dynamics.  University of  South Carolina Press, Columbia.

Haythorn, J. M., E. B. G. Jones and J. L.  Harrison.   1980.  Observations  on
     marine algicolous fungi,  including  the hypohomycete Sigmoidea marina sp.
     nov.   Trans.  Br. Mycol. Soc.  74:615-623.

Hobbie,  J.  E.,  R.  J. Daley, and S. Jasper.  1977.  Use of nuclepore  filters
      for counting  bacteria by  tlurorescence microscopy.  Appl. Environ.
     Microbiol.  3:1225-1228.
                                      162

-------
Hobble, J. E. and C. Lee.   1980.   Microbial  production of extra-
     cellular material:importance  in  benthic  ecology,  p.  341-346.   In R. R.
     Tenore and B. C.  Coull  (ed.),  Marine  benthic  dynamics.   University of
     South Carolina Press,  Columbia.

Hughes, G. C.   1975.   Studies  of  fungi  in  oceans  and estuaries since 1961.  I.
     Lignicolous, caulicolous,  and  foliicolous  species.   Oceanogr.  Mar. Biol.
     Ann. Rev.  13:69-180.

Ingold, C. T.   1942.   Aquatic  hyphomycetes of decaying alder leaves.   Trans.
     Br. Mycol. Soc.   25:339-417.

Johnson, T. W.  and F.  K.  Sparrow.   1961.   Fungi in oceans and estuaries.  J.
     Cramer, New York.

Jones, E. B. G. (ed.).   1976.   Recent advances  in  aquatic mycology.  Paul Elek
     Ltd., London.

Josselyn, M. N. and A.  C. Mathieson.   1980.   Seasonal  influx and decomposition
     of autochthonous  macrophyte  litter  in a  north temperature estuary.
     Hydrobiologia  71:197-208.

Kendrick, B. (ed.).   1971.   Taxonomy  of  fungi imperfect!.  University of
     Toronto Press.

Kirchman, D. L., L. Mazella,  R. Mitchell  and  R.  S. Alberte.   1980.   Bacterial
     epiphytes  on Zostera marina   surfaces.   Biol. Bull.   159:461-462.

Kohlmeyer, J. and E. Kohlmeyer.   1979.   Marine  mycology.   The higher fungi.
     Academic Press,  Inc.,  New York.

Lee, C., R. W.  Howarth,  and  B.  L.  Howes.   1980.   Sterols  in decomposing
     Spartina alterniflora  and  the  use of  ergosterol in estimating  the
     contribution of  fungi  to  detrital  nitrogen.   Limnol. Oceanogr.
     25:290-303.

Meyer-Reil, L.  A., M.  Bolter,  G.  Liebezeit, and W. Schramtn.   1979.   Short-term
     variations in microbiological  and chemical  parameters.   Mar. Ecol. Prog.
     Ser.  1:1-6.

Morrison, S. J., J. D.  King,  R. J.  Bobbie, R. E.  Benchtold and D. C.  White.
     1977.  Evidence  for tnicrofloral  succession on allochthonous plant  litter
     in Apalachicola Bay, Florida,  U.S.A.  Mar.  Biol.  41:229-240.

Newell, S. Y. and J. W.  Fell.   1980.  Mycroflora of turtlegrass (Thalassia
     testudinum Konig)  as recorded  after  seawater  incubation.  Bot. Mar.
     23:265-275.

Park, D.  1972.  Methods of  detecting fungi  in  organic detritus in  water.
     Trans. Br. Mycol.  Soc.   58:281-290.
                                     163

-------
Park, D.  1974.  Accumulation of  fungi by  cellulose  exposed  in  a river.
     Trans. Br. Mycol. Soc.  63:437-447.

Paul, E. A. and R. J. Johnson.   1977.  Microscopic counting  and adenosine
     S'-triphosphate measurement  in determining microbial  growth in  soils.
     Appl. Environ. Microbiol.   34:263-269.

Pokorny, K. S.  1967.  Labyrinthula.  J. Protozool.   14:697-708.

Rasmussen, E.  1977.  The wasting disease  of  eelgrass  (Zostera  marina) and
     its effects on environmental factors  and  fauna,  p.  1-52  In C. P. MeRoy
     and C. Helfferich (ed.), Seagrass ecoysterns.  Marcel.   Dekker,  New York.

Rublee, P. A.  L. M. Cammen, and  J. E. Hobbie.   1978.   Bacteria  in a  North
     Carolina  salt marsh:standing crop and importance  in the  decomposition  of
     Spartina  alcern'.flora.  University of North  Carolina  Sea Grant  Publ.
     UNC-SG-78-11.

Sieburth, J. M.   1979.   Sea microbes.  Oxford  University Press, New  York.

Sokal,  R. R. and R. J. Rohlf.   1969.  Biometry.   The  principles and  practice
     of statistics  in biological  research.  W.  H.  Freeman  and Co., San
     Francisco.

Suberkropp, K. and M. J. Klug.   1976.  Fungi  and  bacteria  associated with
     leaves during processing in  a woodland stream.   Ecology  57:707-719.

Thayer, G. W., D. W. Engel and M. W.  Lacroix.   1977.   Seasonal  distribution
     and changes  in the  nitritive quality  of  living  dead and  detrital
     fractions of Zostera marina L.   J. exp. mar.  biol.  Ecol.  30:109-127.

Welsh,  B. L.,  D.  Bessett, J. P.  Herring and L.  M.  Read.   1979.   Mechanisms  for
     detrital  cycling in nearshore waters  at  Bermuda.   Bull.  Mar. Sci.
     29:125-139.
                                     164

-------
                                   Chapter 6
      Preliminary Studies on Community Metabolism in a Tropical Seagrass
               Ecosystem:  Laguna de Terminos, Campeche,  Mexico
                                 R.  L.  Wetzel1
                                  L.  Murray1
                                R.  F. van Tine1
                                J.  W. Day, Jr.2
                                 C.  J.  Madden2
1.   College of William and Mary, Virginia Institute of Marine Science,
    Gloucester Point, VA  23062.

2.   Center for Wetlands Resources, Louisiana State University, Saton
    Rouge, LA  70803.
                                     165

-------
                                   ABSTRACT

     Apparent 02 productivity measures of a Thalaaaia testudinum seagraas
community at Estero Fargo in Laguna de Terminos, Campeche, Mexico  indicate
Chat maximum areal rates are in the range 5.5 to 7.5 gOj *   d~* (1.65 to 2.25
gC m~2 d~M and agree well with published data.  The T_. testudinum community
is light-compensated (Pa - R) at approximately 200 ^i£ m~* sec~l and
light-saturates between 700 and 800  E m~2sec~1.  Mean above-ground biomass at
the Estero Pargo site was 288 (+86) live and 285 (M47) dead g m~2 (dry
weight) with a mean root to total above-ground plant biomass ratio of 4.11
(+2.28).  The relatively low biomass and high root/rhizome to total
aboveground ratio indicates a community that is either in a die-back stage or
environmentally stressed.  We hypothesize that light and nutrient  interactions
are principal factors governing plant community production at Estero Pargo.
Comparative studies within this important lagoon should help elucidate overall
mechanisms controlling productivity and the role of the seagrasses in the
general energy flow structure of Laguna de Terminos.
                                      166

-------
                                 INTRODUCTION

     Seagraas communities dominated by the turtlegrass, Thalassia testudinum,
comprise an important and productive habitat in subtropical  and  tropical
ecosystems.  Generally, mean standing stocks range from 400  to 3000 g m~*  (dry
weight) with daily productivity ranges of approximately 1.0  to 10.0 g m~2  (1.0
to 3.0 mgC g~l(plant)) (McRoy and McMillian 1977).  Assuming an  average
growing season of 250 days in these areas, the range  for annual  production
would be 250-2500 gC m~2.  These values fall in the upper ranges reported  for
a variety of estuarine and coastal vascular plant communities (Westlake  1963;
Keefe 1972) and suggest their potential importance to nutrient cycling, energy
flow and trophic structure.

     Most studies estimating productivity and energy  flow in T_.  testudinum
communities have been carried out in coastal waters of the United States.  As
Lot (1977) points out, few, if any, studies on community energetics have been
done in the vast seagrass communities in both Gulf of Mexico and Caribbean
waters of southern Mexico (Caropeche).  Nearly all studies in these areas have
been surveys and descriptively oriented.  These areas have vast bottom areas
vegetated by T_. testudinum in both lagoon (Laguna de Terminos) and coastal
areas (Yucatan).  Estimates of production, environmental factors regulating
productivity and relative importance of seagrasses in these  systems are
generally lacking.

     This report summarizes our preliminary findings on Thalassia testidinum
community metabolism and the effects on apparent productivity of varying light
regimes and dissolved inorganic nutrient conditions in Laguana de Terminos.

                                  STUDY AREA

     The otudy area was located in Laguna de Terminos, Campeche, Mexico.
Laguna de Terminos is a large embayment (ca. 2500 km^) bounded to the south by
the mainland and to the north by Isla del Carmen.  Lagoon waters communicate
with the Gulf of Mexico through a net inflow channel, Puerto Real, to the
east, and a new outflow channel, Carmen, to the west.  The area  is
characterized by extensive mangrove swamps, freshwater marshes and seagrass
beds dominated by Thalassia testudinum.  Terminos lagoon is  relatively shallow
with a mean depth of 3.5 m.  Figure 1 illustrates Laguna de Terminos and the
location of our principal study site, Estero Pargo.  The site was chosen
because it is a station routinely sampled by scientist of the Centro de
Ciencias del Mar Licinologia of the Universidad National Autonoma de Mexico
(UNAM) investigating various chemical and biological characteristics of the
lagoon.  Also, the site minimized logistical problems for these  initial
studies.  Depth of our study site averaged 1 m.
                                      167

-------
                                                 s   5   .
                                            c,2   o   u
                                            -J   X   °-
                                            U.   5   O   
                                                                                     cd  u
                                                                                        4-1
                                                                                     cn  n>
                                                                                     O  CU

                                                                                    i-l  C
                                                                                     e  o
                                                                                     W  3
                                                                                    •O  U
                                                                                        Ij
                                                                                     CO  -I
                                                                                     C  U

                                                                                     3,c
                                                                                     CO  0)
                                                                                    O t3
                                                                                    c -o
                                                                                    o  c
                                                                                     (0
                                                                                     U  >->
                                                                                     o  -•
                                                                                    O  T3
                                                                                    4)  C
                                                                                    a  -^
                                                                                     cu
                                                                                     v.

                                                                                     ao
                                                                                    •r-l
                                                                                    U.
It.

-------
                                    METHODS

     Metabolism studies were designed and carried out to estimate;  1.   net
apparent community 02 productivity (Pa), 2.  community  respiration  (Ra),  and
3.  02 exchange by specific community components:  water, non-vegetated
substrate, and plant leaves.  Also included  in our studies were  additional
measures of productivity and growth to compare with the 02 data.  These
included ' C photosynthesis studies using individual  leaves  and  morphological
measures (leaf width and length) to estimate production according to the
regression equations of Patriquin (1973) and '^C productivity  of the water
column.  Specific experiments were carried out to evaluate;  1.   light
intensity-apparent photosynthesis relations, and, 2.  effects  of short-term
dissolved inorganic nutrient enrichment.

Community oxygen metabolism

     Studies were conducted using 32  1 acrylic hemispheres (domes)  that
covered a bottom area of 0.7 m~.  The domes were constructed with (I)  a 7.5 cm
vertical flange Co eliminate exchange of enclosed water, (2) equipped  with
ports  for sampling enclosed water and (3) a collar for  securing  a
polarographic type electrode for oxygen concentration measurements.

     Net apparent community 02  productivity and respiration  was  determined
using  clear and opaque domes resoectively.  During the  incubation period,
incub.it ion continuous water circulation was provided by stirrers  integral to
the 02  probe bodies (Orbisphere Laboratories,  Inc., Geneva).   According to
instrument specifications, the  stirrer produces a mean  current velocity of 25
cm sec~l at the probe head.  Tests with the dome inverted and  water  filled
indicated complete mixing within 2-3 minutes using Rhodamin  WT as a  tracer.
02 measurements (mg l~*) were made using temperature-compensated, f^S
insensivive sensors calibrated  in water-saturated air.  Calibration was
carried out at the beginning of each experiment and checked  at the  end.   For
all studies, pre vs post calibration differed by no more than _*  0.2 mg 1~^.
The domes were placed by hand with care taken  to avoid  disrupting the  sediment
surface and trapping leaves under the vertical flange.  After  the domes were
placed, a "settling" time of 30 minutes was allowed with all ports  open to
ambient water before initial measures were begun.  Periodic  water samples were
taken  by syringe through the sampling ports  for dissolved nutrients  (NH*4,
N02~,  N03~ and PO^"3); 02, temperature (°C) and light (PAR pE  m~2 sec"1)  at
the top of the plant canopy were monitored continuously using  a  Dataplex
Signal  Scanner (Hampshire Controls) and a dual channel  recorder  (Soltec,
Inc.).  Additionally, written recorders were kept for 02, temperature  and PAR
as a check against recorder performance and calibration.  PAR  measurements
were made using a Ll-COR Model  185 Quantum Meter (LICOR, Inc.) equipped with
submarine and deck quantum sensors and interfaced through a  switching  panel
with the Dataplex and recording equipment allowing semi-continuous  recording
surface light intensity (Io) and light intensity at the plant  canopy top  (I?).
For all studies, measurement intervals were as close as possible  to  the
periods of peak isolation (1000 to 1400 hrs. CST).
                                      169

-------
Water column metabolism

     Plankton metabolism was estimated with  light-dark  BOD bottles (300 ml)
using both standard oxygen and  1*C  techniques  (Strickland  and Parsons 1972).
The oxygen bottles were suspended at mid  depth (50  cm)  and the 1ZkC bottles
were at the surface.   Incubation was four hours for the oxygen measurements
and 4:45  for the  1/1C studies.

Substrate metabolism

     Metabolism of non-vegetated substrates  (i.e. bare  sediments within the
grassbed) and adjacent sand bottoms was determined  using transparent  and
opaque benthic chambers.  The chambers measured approximately 10 cm (diameter)
by  10 cm  (height  above sediment 31rface)  once  in place.  Incubation volume in
the chambers was  ca. 0.8  1.  All  incubations for the various  experiments were
carried out using replicate treatments.

Light/nutrient responses

     Net  apparent community 02  productivity  versus  light intensity was
evaluated using  four clear, acrylic domes and  four  levels  of  light intensity;
100*,  712,  50Z and 302 of ambient conditions.   The  light levels were
established by using  fitted, neutr.1 density screening  over the domes.
Because of  time  constraints, we could  not replicate the study but for the
results reported  the domes were placed  in, at  least observationally,  a
homogeneous stand of vegetation.  Our  experience, based on three years of
study  in  Zostera  marina dominated communities  in Chesapeake Bay (see Wetzel
1983),  indicate  that  the  variance within  treatments is  much leas than between
study  periods.

      The  short-term  effect of  increased  concentrations  in dissolved inorganic
nutrients,  NH^*,  N03~, and PO^-', was  evaluated by  "spiking"  the domes in a
separate  experiment  to 50 p»M  (NH^  * N03~) and 10 pM ?0^~^.  Reported here are
the results  for  changes  in apparent 02  metabolism in these treatments.
Kinetic  analysis  of  the  nutrient  exchange studies are reported elsewhere
(Boynton  et al.,  unpubl.  ms.).

Plant  Biomass

      For  all  studies,  plant  biomass was  determined  usi..g an acrylic hand co«-er
(0.033 m^).   Samples  were  taken by  hand  coring to a depth of approximately
25-30 cm  to  include  root/rhizome  fractions.   The samples were sorted in the
field into  above-ground  live  (AGL), above-ground dead (AGO) (defined as
obvious  ch'.orotic and/or  brown-black  leaf material), and below-ground root and
rhizome (BG)  fractions.   Wet  weight was  determined  on blotted, fresh materif'
and dry weight  determined  on  the  samples   following   forced-air drying at 60*C
for 48 hours.

                                     RESULTS

Plant Biomass

      Table  1  summarizes  the  results for  all  core-biomass samples taken during
our the various  studies.   Total above  ground plant  biomass averaged 573 g m~^


                                      170

-------
TABLE 1.  ESTIMATES OF PLANT BIOMASS  FOR VARIOUS  FRACTIONS AT THE ESTERO
          PARGO STUDY SITE IN FEBRUARY, 1980.
Fract i
               g wet weight
                   (+S.D.)
                   dry  weight
                     (+S.D)
AGL
12
 1980
 (797)
 288
 (86)
AGO
12
 2225
(1184)
 285
(147)
BL
                      147H5
                      (5467)
                        1979
                        (370)
                                  171

-------
(dry weight) and was approximately equally divided  between  live  and  dead
fractions (288 and 285 g m~2, respectively).  Mean  root  (including rhizome)  to
shoot (live + dead fractions) ratio  for all  samples was  4.1  (S.D. 2.28) but
varied considerable (range  1.89 to 9.71) within what we  initially conceived  as
a relatively homogenous stand of vegetation.  This  high  and  variable
root:shoot ratio probably reflects the generally nutrient poor status of  the
area.  Biomass estimates also fall in the lower range  reported  for T.
testadinmn communities.  Sediments in this area are coarse,  sand-shell mixes
and oxygenated to a depth of at least 15 cm  (1.0 mg(>2  I"1, _^ 0.3).

Apparent Thalassia Community 02 Productivity
     Figure 2  illustrates the simple  linear relationship between  net  apparent
Oj productivity and  light reaching  the  plant canopy  top.   The  X-intercept
suggests that  the community compensation  point  (P:R  •  1) is approximately  200
pE m"^ sec" .  The Y-intercept  agrees well with measures of community
respiration (200 _+ 63 mg02 nT2  h"').  These data  suggest that  plant community
photosynthesis is not light saturated in  the range 200-650 ^jE  m~2  sec"^  (range
of light intensity observed for  these experimental conditions).

     Figure 3  summarizes the  specific rate determinations  expressed per  unit
of above ground living  plant  material for all studies.  The simple linear
regression  line illustrated was  calculated for  all measurements at light
intensities equal to or  less  than 2.4 E m~2 hr~^  (667 pE m"2 sec"').   The
rational for this will  be discussed  in  a  following section.
      Not  surprisingly,  both  the  areal  and  specific  rates of  net  apparent 02
productivity  show  a  strong,  positive correlation  with  in situ  light  flux.  At
the community level,  it  appears  that light  intensities  above 200 pE  m"2 hr~*
are required  for net  autotrophic  production.   However,  if we assume  a  12 hour
photoperiod and a  mean  areal  respiration rate  of  200 tngO m~2 h~',  in order to
balance  the community (P=R)  on  a daily basis (i.e.  net  apparent  02 production
of 400 mg02 m"2 hr~'),  light  intensity at  the  canopy top must  average
approximately 575 j^E  m~2 sec"')  over the photoperiod.  or, based  on a mean
vertical  attenuance  of  -1.07  (n*6), 1675 pE m~2 sec~^  insolation.

Community Response to Varying Light Regimes

      Figure 4 illustrates  the results  of the. neutral density shading studies.
The four  light  levels are  identified as:   1.0  (C),  0.71 (L), 0.50  (M)  and 0.30
(H) of ambient conditions.   Based on th* control  (1.0)  and light (0.71)
treatments, the autotropnic  response apaears to light  saturate between 700 and
800   E m   sec"' at  the  canopy  top or  very  near solar  maximum  isolation
(assuming -kz =• 1.07).   The  saturated, net  apparent community  02 productivity
at these  higher light levels  is  approximately  550 mg02  m   hr~*  for  this time
of year.   Using the  conversions  given  in McRoy and  McMilla.i  (1977),  a  mean
standing  stock of  288 gdw m~-,  and a mean  community respiration  rate of 200
mgOo  m~2  hr~  , maximum specific  rate of production  would be  0.78 mgC g
(plant'1  h"1).
                                      172

-------
                                                 01
                                                 c
                             ?£
-<
1 	 1 .
\s
§ S § g o o

o
o
              0 9W
~
o
o
(A
91
O





f



5
I






O



w
£ °*
H

O •
oo «
1-4 tO
T3
XI
0) -<
CO
.. o
a«-i
0
U 4J
•H
CL ^
O -U
C to
CO (U
U XI
1 °

a c
 CO
T* V
O -H CO
3 r* (U
•O 4J
O CO 3
V< »-i C
a Q.-H
CN-H
O ui in
4J W
c x: to

3 
-------














—






„,,










—



\
>v
\^
>y _
X.
\.
1 •V °,0°
• \ * o o
0 \ 0 0 _i
A \
\o n
00 \ ° •
0 \O
X
• \ • c
0 \ I
° ° oJ _
c' £r\o <
S*N3
« o \j
	 .




till
O in O Tf> i.
fM — ~~ O


,.H ( 107) MO 0





--- —. .
7
I ~
~ nj
7
iij M
00
q- o* _-
(M ^ —
~ : 0s"

M " 'ft
— — M .

00 CD (\i ^"
if It1 °f
U. U. ff, "
u? V o —
*"' "
" " II

• o >•






—






_









^~ 'u
} V ^*
?* (M
2 CE Z _
| uj O ^ _
(\j 3
k in 10
1 in 10
t - -

>. A ~"
\y
N. 9 »
\
\J J *
D in O
0 T

»
0 9W







0 -|
iD











o





~




O
fO

—


7
r

!>•
5
UJ
0
,N--  i-l
i-i a) c
O (U 4-1 3
O .C h >M g
IM 4-1 O O B
~~ 4-1 O
4-1 4-1 U
OJ B) C
4-1  5 * U "c
2 6 c J
•H • O U <0
> /^ 4J JS )^
•^4 X-N 4J *^4
4J O Q) £X
O ^^ 3 to w
3 T3 ^ O
O T3 XI 1-4 >-i
O - O 41 T3 01
00 u V U.  /^^ Q) (1) "O
O — ^_| ^ t_, r- o
* to • (9 uj M
cxv^ « ex
a 1-1 -o
cd ,a i CM
11) M ^ O
V C-4 O 4-J
C vO 1 -H 01
0 E 4-1 C
O U-4 •• H

-------













u
u

u



(J




-I

0)
4) TJ
t-l 4)
•^ O
o » H .





~


_
0

(J
—


© ©
 ^
- O O O _|
 5 I ©


-










-




-
\ »
A
« A
"M
\ 3
\


N
— |






J_
\ —






1 1
— u •« •
4) 0 4»
U >i
C 01 41
i-l J3
O « ^ _o*
0» ^0 SS *
O


00
o


.^
0


 r-l
4) G
ng CO 41
r-l M-l H
o to o
00 4J C •
T 3 0 C
0 4) •»* O
ui C "1 O
to to C
60 i-l fc
C 6 41
'_ T4 10 U
* to C m
o 3 to GO
O >" *4
 4J C
1-1
>. 41
AJ > -0
O i-l i-l 4)
0 > 4J C
« i-l 10 tH
O 41 C
3 1-1 4)
T3 4J
O C 4)
M 4) T3
0. >
•* to
O psl 00 41
S 6 4,^
•U M M
c a
41 4)
W 13 rJ
tfl 4» CO
(X U
O* <0 to
<0 u JJ
i-l C
o 4J -0 i-l
4) C O
z 1-1 a

11 II
*r <\j o oj 
-------
     The points circled in Figure 4  identify rates determined  in  late
afternoon (1400-1700 hr) and suggest an afternoon depression in apparent  02
productivity under optimal light conditions.   Figure 5  illustrates  the
response in all treatments plotted as the actual 02 concentration versus  time
of day.  It is apparent that the rate of change approaches  zero in  all
treatments before there is any significant change in light  regime (dashed
line).  Plotting the data as illustrated in Figure 6, i.e.  rate of  apparent 02
productivity versus 02 concentration, suggests that the depression  in
afternoon rates is not a function of in situ 02 levels.

     However, there is a strong linear relationship between apparent
productivity and in situ light levels during morning and  peak  insolation
periods.  For all regression statistics given  in the figures,  paired
observations were evaluated resulting in significant and  positive
correlations.  As a test of light response, a  significant improvement in  the
correlation coefficient was obtained when a time lag of 10  minutes  was  used
for light intensity paired with rate estimates:  r = .763 versus  .913.  This
result suggests that for in situ studies of light:photosynthesis  relations,
observation intervals must be kept short, particularly in  varying
environments, to derive the best estimate of Pa.  For the studies reported,
measurement intervals of 10 to 15 minutes were used coupled with  the same
integration intervals for light observations.

Nutrient Response

     Figure 7 illustrates the response in specific rate of  apparent 02
productivity for nutrient enriched and ambient conditions.  The X-intercept*s
are not significantly different from previous  estimates however the
differences in slope suggest an enrichment effect.  The data set  used as  a
control was run in the same area two days prior to the  enrichment experiment.
The nutrient enrichment study was carried out  under relatively low  light
conditions (maximum intensity approximately 280/jE m~*  sec"')  and following a
storm.  We are therefore hesitant to speculate as to probable  cause or  even
component involved.  It does appear  none-the-less, the  community  responds
rapidly to increased nutrient supply.  Within  an hour following the spike,
NH^* concentrations in the domes were at ambient (pre-spiked)  levels; i.e.
theoretical 25  M-NH^* to approximately 1.0jjM-l»V (Hopkinson, et  al.,
unpubl. data).

Water  Column Metabolism

     Rate of surface net productivity using the  '^C method  ranged from
0.74-1.75 mgC m~^ hr~^ and averaged  1.16.  This is equivalent  to  4.7 mg02 m~^
hr~l (Table 2).  The results of the  oxygen measurements yielded considerably
higher values; 12.5 and 65 mg02 m~3  hr~^.  The oxygen respiration values
ranged from -37.5 to -121 mg02 m~3 hr"'.

Sediment Metabolism

     Metabolism of the non-vegetated substrate communities  are summarized in
Table  2.  The net apparent productivity of the bare substrate  within the
grassbed averaged 111 mgC>2 m~2 hr~', while that of the  sand substrate was 218
                                      176

-------




D3S W 3"
1- Z-
§ 0 o 0
r o 0 o
— (7> f- iO
1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 §


0 _) Z ^
o -J Z 0X i
X
o -J *• r
/ _
u -• a» z
o-i A 5 X ^ ^
° J ^-^ I HHgSz
°o _. s«-' T : ?° ? 3 -
u - ** r o _iz X •
0 -i • 2 i
0 -J „-•' z I
o 9'3~~ S X
1
0 «, -1 Z X

o^* -J Z x
*) -J Z Z
•> -' z z
0^ o _i Z Z
~" ~/* -1 Z I
•x o -> x
\
~~~'3» -i z
• C 0 _l Z
"~ ^ ^
~^ ~0O -1 X




1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1
i0



O
o
£


0
0


o w
0 Z
— r-



o
o
-

o
o
—




o
0
r*>
CD ifl «T fu O 00 ~
— — — — —

,1 '09W





^
o

x;
C 4J
U«4
C 0
o
i-l C.
« °
4j q;
S "5
U
C u
O <0
u
o >
IM 00
0
Ul
W *r^
O
r-l >,
O. U

CO (0
O Q>
3 4J
C C
4-1
c a:
u-i
0)
)-i
3
00
177

-------
                                                                    01
                                                                    4-1

                                                                    C
                            CO CD
                            &t 01


                            01 ID
                            UJ LJ
                            U. U.





                            • O
                                                     lO
                                                            z

                                                            o
                                                           o

                                                           <§
                                                           u
                                                           2
                                                                    00  O
                                                                    -H  (0
                                                                        cd

                                                                        I
                                                         T* U  O
                                                         > C <«
                                                         •H Q)  O

                                                         o 5
                                                         SMC
                                                         •a 3  a)
                                                         O w  >

                                                         o. ai  oo
                                                         >w  O
                                                         O     w
                                                             U i-l
                                                         (U  C  O
                                                         4J -r* J3

                                                         28.1.
                                                                     c  e
                                                                     (U
                                                                     a. *J  o

                                                                     0) U  i—I
                                                                        (8  ^
                                                                     xj    ^C
                                                                        c
                                                                        o
                                                          01
                                                          c
                                                                     u-i iJ  O
                                                                     O 8)  >»
                                                                        M  01


                                                                     O C  >%
                                                                     i-t 
o
"
                                             o
                                                                      0)
                                                                      M


                                                                      bO
                178

-------
      20i-
  o

   N
  O
      -05f-
     -25h
                                              J	I	I	I
  J /NH^ /PO;S SPIKE
Y= 590 x - 3.80 (N = 38. R= .797)
                                        O: CONTROL
                                           Y= 119 x -0.86  ( N= 30; R= .810)
               05      10      i5      20     25      30     35      40
Figure 7.  Scatter plot of  specific  rate of apparent 02 productivity vs
           PAR for ambient  (O)  and  nutrient amended domes.  The line drawn
           ara linear  least  squares  lines of best fit for all data.
                                   179

-------
o
u
X
ul)
u
Z
o
Jj
a.
r:
<
o
s:
as
jj
 uj
 C_
 irt
 jj
 i- en
 VJ  +1

 s: ^
 •j~. ~
 r-  E
 ^ij

 *•  ,£'
 CXI ""
 O  S£
     E

 •—I X

 2  •-
 3  O
 ?:  30
 a;  '.:
 <  z
 T.  a:
c •-«

U •-!
o  u
Q. u
a. 3
 en  ex
 O
 w.   (N
O  O
 iJ   >>
 C   J-i

 u   >
 !fl  .-.
 a.  u

<:   3     <
    •c
 -i   O
                3C  X  X     OC
                 ill       i
                O  3O  30     *
                 III       I
                ~j  rg  ^4     r J
TO
 I
X
 I
OO      OO
 I        I
sC      3C
 I        I
                    I    I
                    jr  L.
                                    •!«       E
                                    u  t-j
                                    •j  a -^
                                                    "j  ~^
                                                   <->  "**
                                                    "3  ^
                                                               •r
                                                               ^.
                                       _  _      a:
                                                                           O   C
                                                                          H  O
                                                                          "3  3
                                                                          3 —
                                                                              !0
                                                                                              C  X
                                                                                              "*  tc
                                                                                             -i  E
                                                                                                  CM
                                                                                                 C
                                                          JC
                                                      oc
                                                      CCM
                                                     •-  I
                                                      K  E
                                                      3
                                                          ;N
                                                      c  c
                                                      ^
                                                      X  O
                                                      O  O
         CO
    •a  *->
     
-o   c   c
     o   o
 u   u  •-.
 3j       u
U   U   (0
 O   1.   U
 E   n  —'
     3   a.
o       to
  •   0!   HJ
—<   4-1   U

 00  3   Of
 C   «   C
•-!   U  .-.
 e   k.   E
 3       3
 01  U   M
 tn
                                                                    ISO

-------
     m~2 hr~*.  Both were approximately  54Z of  the  total  plant  community
metabolism.  The respiration of the bare substrate  averaged  41.6  mgC>2  m~2
hr"1, and that of the sand area was -63.5 mg02  m~2  hr~* or 20Z  and  30*
respectively of total plant community respiration.

                                  DISCUSSION

     Standing stocks of Thalassia testudinum  at  the Estero Pargo  site  in
Laguna de Terminos are in the  lower range reported  by  MeRoy  and McMillian
(1977):  288 g m~2 (dry weight) (AGL) versus  a  mean range of 340  to 3100 g m~2
(dry weight) (exclusive of Poraeroy, 1960).  The  site is characterized  by
coarse, sand and shell sediment, high root:shoot  ratios,  and variable  light
conditions (range of kz - .56  to -2.0 for this  study period).   The  study site
is also within several hundred meters of a major  inland channel draining an
extensive mangrove swamp.  Spectral analysis  (HER 100  Spectroradiometer,
Biospherical Instruments, San  Diego) of  light in  the channel  outflow and plunie
indicate significant changes  in both subsurface  light  quantity  and  quality
which may influence light-energy fields  in adjacent  areas (Wetzel and  van Tine
1982).

     Highest standing stocks of seagrasses in the lagoon  are found  in  and
around Puerto Real (net inflow channel)  and progressively decrease  toward
Estero Pargo and Carmen (R. Roman, pers. comm.).  We hypothesize, based  on
observations in these areas,  that light  quality  and  quantity, and sediment
characteristics (implying various nutrient regimes),  follow  the same gradient.
The conclusion seems that the  area studied represents  the lower range  for
estimates of seagrass metabolism in the  lagoon  system.  This, coupled  with the
relatively large fraction of dead above-ground  material,  suggests that our
rate measurements are probably minimum  for this  time of year and  study site.

     Table 3 summarizes the results for  measurements of productivity in  T_.
testudinum communities in Gulf and Caribbean  water.   In compiling this data,
carbon (^*C) and biomass data  (P and Z)  were  converted to 02 equivalents using
the ratios given in McRoy and  McMillian  (1977).   There is, surprisingly, a
relatively narrow range of values considering both  the diverse  nature  of the
habitats and methodologies employed.  Measurements  made during  this study fall
well within the range of values reported.  Based  on our previous  discussion,
tttis suggests that production  by seagrass communities  in  Terminos (assuming
this site represents minimum values), is very high.   Maximum rates  of  apparent
productivity at Estero Pargo  are in the  range 5.5 to 7.5  g02 m~2d~l  or 1.6 to
2.2 gCm"2 d~l.  If we take McRoy and McMillan's  (1977) suggestion of a 250 day
growing season, this would translate to  450 to  650  gC m~2 y   ;  significantly
higher than production by other autotrophic communities in comparable
ecosystems (Beers et al. 1968).

     We have used maximum rates at Estero Pargo  for these comparisons.
Without question, these are not realized daily  rates but  represent  potential
input of fixed organic matter  to the ecosystem.   Our conclusion is,  assuming
this area represents minimum estimates,  that  the  seagrass communities  in
Laguna de Terminos represent  A significant input  of  organic  matter  and
nutrients to the lagoon ecosystem.
                                      181

-------
o

5;


in
UJ

f-

2

s:

o
o

s:
.13
 a.



 V5
     2



     =c
 a;  x

 3C  £
                 I    I

                 I    I
            O
           Q£
                                                                               ~C      *C  ~  —i
                                                                               r  TC  T   c  ••«
                                          C'J1>C;
                                           .-"  Oi   1'   C-
                                           -   c   c   c
                                                               c


                                                               cr
         >~ r      —.   c     •-<
C   -   O  
                                                                                       a. t-
                                                                                                        M
                                                                                                    O  C      C
                                                                                                                 X


                                                                                                                H
                                                  x

                                                  £
                                                                          .c
                                                                          o.
                                                                                                                                                          u


                                                                                                                                                         c
                                                                                                                                                 — oc  •-
                                                                                                                                                     >£•   3
                                                                   CT- c   nj

                                                                   u  E
 
-------
     Controls on production of submerged  aquatics have  been  the  subject  of *
variety of studies (see Wetzel et al.,  1981  and  references cited therein).
Generally, light and nutrients are  the  focus  of  attention  though salinity and
temperature are often included.  Our  preliminary studies suggest,  overall,
that light is singularity  important  in  deriving  the  "best" estimate of
productivity.  The strong  dependence  (statistically)  on predicting net
productivity at the community  level based on  light regime  indicates light, at
least at Eatero Pargo, as  a principal  factor.  We remain at  a  loss to  provide
insight as to the characteristic late  afternoon  depression in  apparent 02
productivity, although several promising  avenues of  research are apparent
(e.g. see Nafziger and Koller  1976).

     Capone et al. (1979)  provide data  relative  to T. testudinum light
response.  Their data indicate that Pmax  (light  saturated  rates) occur at
light intensities of 800 to 1000jaE m~^ sec~^.   Their measures were derived
from '^C incubations on excised  leaf material  containing epiphytes.
Considering the assumed problems in measure-neat  using various  techniques
(Hartman and Brown 1967; Zieman  and Wetzel  1980) our  estimates are very
comparable.  We estimate that  the T_.  testudinum  community  light-sacurates at
700 to 800 pE m~2 sec~l.   Capone et al. (1979) estimates would  fall in the
range 630-1050.  We interpret  this  as  support  for the oxygen technique in
studies of community metabolism  although  problems still exist  in terms of
recycling and trans location processes.  However, the  basic arguments against
02 are applicable to l^C02 studies  (Kemp  et  al.  1980).

     Nutrient status, i.e. principally  nitrogen, is  generally  presumed to
limit primary production in estuarine  and marine ecosystems.  Patriquin  (1973)
and Capone et al. (1979) have  reviewed  and  summarized contemporary data  on T.
testudinum dominated communities.   Our  data  suggests  a  positive  response to
nutrient enriched conditions.  We propose that Estero Pargo  is a nutrient
limited as well as potentially light-limited  environment.  Nutrient enrichment
(spikes) obviously result  in changes  in community behavior.  The levels  used,
however, are probably never "seen"  by  the community.  Tne community does
respond and available nutrients  NH4*  and  N03~ significantly  affect community
behavior as measured by net apparent  02 productivity.

     Our preliminary analyses  or metabolism  in a tropical T_. testudinum
dominated seagrass community suggests  that,  overall,  the community is
responsive to both light and nutrient  regimes.   In Laguna de Terminos, our
studies indicate that the  seagrass  community  is  an  important component of
autotrophic production.  For example,  if  we  assume a  three fold  increase in
production at the Puerto Real  site  (R.  Roman,  pers.   omm.),  production would
approximate 1350 to 1950 gC m~^  y~' which are among  the higher values  reported
(see McRoy and McMillan 1977;  Zieman  and  Wetzel  1980).

     The values obtained for water  column productivity  were  very low compared
to open lagoon waters.  Day et at.  (1982) reported an annual average value of
1.2 gC m~^ day  .  The low values for  the water  over  the grassbeds is  probably
a result of several factors.   The shallow w.->ter  and  high  light  levels  probably
lead to light inhibition as indicated  by  the  extremely  low rates measured at
the surface.  The plankton are probably also  nutrient limited.   The generally
low nutrient levels probably result  from  high uptake  by the  plant  community.
                                      183

-------
Finally, there is almost certainly heavy preclat ion by consumers  living  in  and
around the grassbeda.  These factors combine to  limit the  importance of
phytoplankton in the grassbed community.

     The partitioning of the bare substrate metabolism suggests  that the
benthic microalgae contribute significantly to the overall  community
productivity.  The areal rates of productivity for the bare substrates within
the grassbed repored here are overestimates, because the ratio of
non-vegetated to vegetated areas were not determined and areal estimates
corrected.  However, the measurements in both bare substrate  areas  indicate
that benthic microalgae contribute significantly to the overall  plant
community productivity.  These findings suggest  that a valuable  heterotrophic
iood source exists here in the form of benthe microalgae.

     Further study is obviously needed in this important ecosystem  to
elucidate seasonal and annual characteristics of carbon metabolism  both by
autotrophic and het*>rotrophic components of the  community  and  investigate  the
apparent major controls on production:  light, nutrients and  their
interaction.

-------
                                            •       -          -              •
                                       /  .'    -'       •-'         X   - ,
Finally, there ia almost certainly heavy predation by consumers  living  in and
•round the graaabeda.  These factors combine to  Haul the  importance of
phytoplankton in the graaabed community.

     The partitioning of the bare aubatrate metabolism auggeata  that the
benthic microalgae contribute aignificantly to the overall  community
productivity.  The areal ratea of productivity for the bare  aubatratea  within
the graaabed repored here are overestimates, becauae the ratio of
non-vegetated to vegetated areaa were not determined and areal estimates
corrected.  However, the measurements in both bare substrate areaa  indicate
that benthic microalgae contribute aignificantly to the overall  plant
community productivity.  These findings auggeat  that a valuable  heterotrophic
food source exists here in the form of benthc microalgae.

     Further atudy ia obviously needed in this important ecosystem  to
elucidate seasonal and annual characteristics of carbon metaboliam  both by
autotrophic and heterotrophic components of th«  community  and inveatigate the
apparent major controla on production:  light, nutrients and their
interaction.
                                     184

-------
                               ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

     A first-time study of this type was necessarily plagued with many
difficulties both procedural and  logistical.  We want to especially extend
thanks to all our Mexican colleagues who accepted and worked closely with our
contingent of fourteen scientists.  Ramiro Roman, Director of the Centre de
Ciencias del Mar Limnologia (UNAM), provided us lodging, space, logistical
support and a friendly atmosphere.  Our special thanks go to Dr. Alejandro
Yanes and Drs. Vivianne Solis of  the Universidad National foitonoma de Mexico
(UNAM) for their many contributions to the effort.

     Without the help of our other American colleagues, Drs. Walter Boynton,
Michael Kemp, J. Court Stevenson, University of Maryland, and Dr. C. S.
Hopkinson, University of Georgia, this effort could not have been done.

     We also thank Ms. Carole Knox and Nancy White  for their secretarial and
editorial assistance.
                                      185

-------
                               LITERATURE CITED

Boynton, W. R.  1976.  Energy baais of a coastal region:  Franklin  County  and
     Apalachicola Bay, Florida.  Ph.D. Theaia, Univ. Florida, Gainesville.

Capone, D. G., P. Penhale, R. S. Orealand and B. F. Taylor.   1979.
     Relationship between productivity and N2 (C2H2) fixation in  a  Thalasaia
     teatudinum community.  Limnol. Oceanogr.  24(19).

Day, J., R. Day, T. Barreiro and F. Ley-Lou.  1982.  Primary production  in  the
     Laguna de Terminos, a tropical estuary  in the southern Gulf  of Mexico.
     Oceanologica Acta (in preaa).

Jones, J. A.  1968.  Primary productivity by the tropical marine  turtle  grass,
     Thalasaia teatudinum Konig, and  ita epiphytes.  Ph.D. Thesis,  Univ.
     Miami, Coral Gables.  196 p.

Keefe, C. W.  1972.  Marsh production:  A summary of the literature.   Contrib.
     Mar. Sci., Univ. Texaa  16:163-168.

Kemp, W. M.,  M. R. Lewis, T. W. Jones, J. J. Cunningham, J. C.  Stevenson and
     W. B. Boynton.  1981.  Measuring productivity of submerged aquatic
     macrophytes:  A comparison of methodologies.  Final Report,  US EPA
     Annapolis, Md.

Lot, A.  1977.  General status of research on seagraas ecosystems in Mexico,
     pp. 233-245.  In:  C. P. MeRoy and Carla Helfferich (eds.) Seagraaa
     Ecosystems:  A Scientific Perspective.  Marcel Dekker, Inc., N.Y.   314
     pp.

McRoy, C. P.  and McMillan.  1977.  Production ecology and physiology of
     seagrasses, pp. 53-87.  In:  C.  P. MeRoy and Carla Helfferich  (eds.).
     Seagrass Ecosystems:  A Scientific Perspective.  Marcel Dekker, Inc.,
     N.Y.  314 pp.

Nafziger, E.  D. and H. R. Roller.  1976.  Influence of leaf starch
     concentration on CC>2 assimilation in soybean.  Plant Physiol.
     57:560-563.

Odum, H. T.   1963.  Productivity measurements in Texas turtle grass and  the
     effects  of dredging an intracoastal channel.  Publ. Inst.  Mar. Sci.
     Texas.   9:45-58.

Odum, H. T.   1967.  Biological circuits and  the marine systems  of Texas, pp.
     99-157.  In:  T. A. Olson and F. J. Burgess (ed.) Pollution  and Marine
     Ecology, Interscience Publishers, N.Y.

Odum, H. T. and C. M. Hoakin.  1958.  Comparative studies of the  metabolism of
     marine waters.  Publ. Inst. Mar. Sci. Univ. Texas  5:16-46.


                                      186

-------
Patriquin, D. G,  1972.  The origin of nitrogen and phosphorus  for growth of
     the marine angioaperm Thalaaaia teatudinum.  Mar. Biol.  15:35-46.

Patriquin, D. G.  1973.  Estimation of growth rate, production  and age of the
     marine angioaperm, Thalaaaia teatudinum Konig. Carib. J. Sci.
     13:111-123.

Pomeroy, L. R.  1960.  Primary productivity of Boca Ciega Bay,  Florida.  Bull.
     Mar. Sci. Gulf Carib.  10(1):1-10.

Thorhaug, A. and R. D. Sterna.  An ecological study of Thalaaaia teatudinum in
     unatreaaed and thermally atreaaed eatuariea.  Univ. Miami, unpubl. ma.

Weatlake, D. F.  1974.  Macrophytea, pp. 25-40.   In:  R. A. Collenweider
     (ed.).  Manual on Methods for measuring primary production in aquatic
     environments, 2nd Ed., Int. Biol. Program Handbook  12.  Blackwell
     Scientific PubI., Oxford.

Wetzel,  R. L.,  R. F. van Tine, and P. A. Penhale.  1981.  Light and aubmerged
     macrophyte communities in the Chesapeake Bay:  A Scientific Summary.
     SRAMCOC 260, College of William and Mary, Virginia  Institute of Marine
     Science, Gloucester Point, VA.  58 pp.

Wetzel,  R. L. and R. F. van Tine (eds.).   1982.   Submarine Light Quantity and
     Quality in the Lower Chesapeake Bay and Its  Potential Role in the Ecology
     of  Submerged Seagrass Communities.  Final Grant Report, nos. R805974 and
     X003245, U.S. EPA, Chesapeake Bay Prograa  Annapolis, Maryland.

Zieman,  J. C., Jr.  1968.  A atudy of the  growth  and decomposition of the
     seagrass, Thalassia teatudinum.  M.S. Thesis, Univ. Miami, Coral Gables.
     50  pp.

Zieman,  J. C., Jr., and R. G. Wetre!.  1980.  Productivity in
     aeagraases:  Methods and rates, pp. 87-116.   In:  R. C. Phillips and C.
     P.  Me Roy (eds.).  Handbook of Seagraas Biology:  An Ecosystem
     Perspective.  Garland STPM Press, N.Y.  353  pp.
                                      187

-------

-------